AU2001272923A1 - Methods and compositions for treating flaviviruses and pestiviruses - Google Patents
Methods and compositions for treating flaviviruses and pestivirusesInfo
- Publication number
- AU2001272923A1 AU2001272923A1 AU2001272923A AU7292301A AU2001272923A1 AU 2001272923 A1 AU2001272923 A1 AU 2001272923A1 AU 2001272923 A AU2001272923 A AU 2001272923A AU 7292301 A AU7292301 A AU 7292301A AU 2001272923 A1 AU2001272923 A1 AU 2001272923A1
- Authority
- AU
- Australia
- Prior art keywords
- alkyl
- acyl
- lower alkyl
- pharmaceutically acceptable
- compound
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
- A61K31/7042—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
- A61K31/7052—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides
- A61K31/706—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom
- A61K31/7064—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines
- A61K31/7068—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines having oxo groups directly attached to the pyrimidine ring, e.g. cytidine, cytidylic acid
- A61K31/7072—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines having oxo groups directly attached to the pyrimidine ring, e.g. cytidine, cytidylic acid having two oxo groups directly attached to the pyrimidine ring, e.g. uridine, uridylic acid, thymidine, zidovudine
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
- C07H19/00—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
- C07H19/02—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
- C07H19/04—Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
- C07H19/16—Purine radicals
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
- A61K31/7042—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
- A61K31/7052—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
- A61K31/7042—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
- A61K31/7052—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides
- A61K31/7056—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing five-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
- A61K31/7042—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
- A61K31/7052—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides
- A61K31/706—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom
- A61K31/7064—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
- A61K31/7042—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
- A61K31/7052—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides
- A61K31/706—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom
- A61K31/7064—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines
- A61K31/7076—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines containing purines, e.g. adenosine, adenylic acid
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
- A61K38/16—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- A61K38/17—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
- A61K38/19—Cytokines; Lymphokines; Interferons
- A61K38/21—Interferons [IFN]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
- A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
- A61P1/12—Antidiarrhoeals
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/12—Antivirals
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/12—Antivirals
- A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/12—Antivirals
- A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
- A61P31/18—Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
- C07H19/00—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
- C07H19/02—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
- C07H19/04—Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
- C07H19/06—Pyrimidine radicals
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
- C07H19/00—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
- C07H19/02—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
- C07H19/04—Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
- C07H19/06—Pyrimidine radicals
- C07H19/073—Pyrimidine radicals with 2-deoxyribosyl as the saccharide radical
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
- C07H19/00—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
- C07H19/02—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
- C07H19/04—Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
- C07H19/06—Pyrimidine radicals
- C07H19/10—Pyrimidine radicals with the saccharide radical esterified by phosphoric or polyphosphoric acids
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
- C07H19/00—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
- C07H19/02—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
- C07H19/04—Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
- C07H19/16—Purine radicals
- C07H19/20—Purine radicals with the saccharide radical esterified by phosphoric or polyphosphoric acids
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
- C07H19/00—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
- C07H19/02—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
- C07H19/04—Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
- C07H19/23—Heterocyclic radicals containing two or more heterocyclic rings condensed among themselves or condensed with a common carbocyclic ring system, not provided for in groups C07H19/14 - C07H19/22
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02A—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02A50/00—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE in human health protection, e.g. against extreme weather
- Y02A50/30—Against vector-borne diseases, e.g. mosquito-borne, fly-borne, tick-borne or waterborne diseases whose impact is exacerbated by climate change
Description
METHODS AND COMPOSITIONS FOR TREATING FLAVIVIRUSES AND PESTIVIRUSES
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
This invention is in the area of pharmaceutical chemistry, and in particular, is a compound, method and composition for the treatment of flaviviruses and pestiviruses. This application claims priority to U.S. provisional application no. 60/207,674, filed on May 26, 2000 and U.S. provisional application no. 60/283,276, filed on April 11, 2001.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Pestiviruses and flaviviruses belong to the Flaviviridae family of viruses along with hepatitis C virus. The pestivirus genus includes bovine viral diarrhea virus (BNDV), classical swine fever virus (CSFN, also called hog cholera virus) and border disease virus (BDN) of sheep (Moennig, N. et al. Adv. Vir. Res. 1992, 41, 53-98). Pestivirus infections of domesticated livestock (cattle, pigs and sheep) cause significant economic losses worldwide. BNDV causes mucosal disease in cattle and is of significant economic importance to the livestock industry (Meyers, G. and Thiel, H.-J., Advances in Virus Research, 1996, 47, 53- 118; Moennig V., et al, Adv. Vir. Res. 1992, 41, 53-98).
Human pestiviruses have not been as extensively characterized as the animal pestiviruses. However, serological surveys indicate considerable pestivirus exposure in humans. Pestivirus infections in man have been implicated in several diseases including congenital brain injury, infantile gastroenteritis and chronic diarrhea in human immunodeficiency virus (HIN) positive patients. M. Giangaspero et al., Arch. Virol. Suppl., 1993, 7, 53-62; M. Giangaspero et al., Int. J. Std. Aids, 1993, 4 (5): 300-302.
The flavivirus genus includes more than 68 members separated into groups on the basis of serological relatedness (Calisher et al., J Gen. Virol, 1993, 70, 37-43). Clinical symptoms vary and include fever, encephalitis and hemorrhagic fever. Fields Virology, Editors: Fields, B. Ν., Knipe, D. M., and Howley, P. M., Lippincott-Raven Publishers, Philadelphia, PA, 1996, Chapter 31, 931-959. Flaviviruses of global concern that are associated with human disease include the dengue hemorrhagic fever viruses (DHF), yellow fever virus, shock syndrome and Japanese encephalitis virus. Halstead, S. B., Rev. Infect.
Dis., 1984, 6, 251-264; Halstead, S. B., Science, 239:476-481, 1988; Monath, T. P., New Eng. J. Med., 1988, 319, 641-643.
Examples of antiviral agents that have been identified as active against the flavivirus or pestiviruses include:
(1) interferon and ribavirin (Battaglia, A.M. et al., Ann. Pharmacother, 2000,. 34, 487- 494); Berenguer, M. et al. Antivir. Ther., 1998, 3 (Suppl. 3), 125-136);
(2) Substrate-based NS3 protease inhibitors (Attwood et al, Antiviral peptide derivatives, PCT WO 98/22496, 1998; Attwood et al, Antiviral Chemistry and Chemotherapy 1999, 10, 259-273; Attwood et al, Preparation and use of amino acid derivatives as anti-viral agents, German Patent Pub. DE 19914474; Tung et al. Inhibitors of serine proteases, particularly hepatitis C virus NS3 protease, PCT WO 98/17679), including alphaketoamides and hydrazinoureas, and inhibitors that terminate in an electrophile such as a boronic acid or phosphonate (Llinas-Brunet et al, Hepatitis C inhibitor peptide analogues, PCT WO 99/07734).
(3) Non-substrate-based inhibitors such as 2,4,6-trihydroxy-3-nitro-benzamide derivatives (Sudo K. et al, Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications, 1997, 238, 643-647; Sudo K. et al. Antiviral Chemistry and Chemotherapy, 1998, 9, 186), including RD3-4082 and RD3-4078, the former substituted on the amide with a 14 carbon chain and the latter processing apara- phenoxyphenyl group;
(4) Thiazolidine derivatives which show relevant inhibition in a reverse-phase HPLC assay with an NS3/4A fusion protein and NS5A/5B substrate (Sudo K. et al, Antiviral Research, 1996, 32, 9-18), especially compound RD-1-6250, possessing a fused cinnamoyl moiety substituted with a long alkyl chain, RD4 6205 and RD4 6193;
(5) Thiazolidines and benzanilides identified in Kakiuchi N. et al. J. EBS Letters 421, 217-220; Takeshita N. et al. Analytical Biochemistry, 1997, 247, 242-246;
(6) A phenan-threnequinone possessing activity against protease in a SDS-PAGE and autoradiography assay isolated from the fermentation culture broth of Streptomyces sp., Sch 68631 (Chu M. et al, Tetrahedron Letters, 1996, 37, 7229-7232), and Sch 351633, isolated from the fungus Penicillium griscofuluum, which demonstrates
activity in a scintillation proximity assay (Chu M. et al, Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters 9, 1949-1952);
(7) Selective NS3 inhibitors based on the macromolecule elgin c, isolated from leech (Qasim M.A. et al, Biochemistry, 1997, 36, 1598-1607); (8) Helicase inhibitors (Diana G.D. et al, Compounds, compositions and methods for treatment of hepatitis C, U.S. Pat. No. 5,633,358; Diana G.D. et al, Piperidine derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions thereof and their use in the treatment of hepatitis C, PCT WO 97/36554);
(9) Polymerase inhibitors such as nucleotide analogues, gliotoxin (Ferrari R. et al. Journal of Virology, 1999, 73, 1649-1654), and the natural product cerulenin
(Lohmann V. et al, Virology, 1998, 249, 108-118);
(10) Antisense phosphorothioate oligodeoxynucleotides (S-ODN) complementary to sequence stretches in the 5' non-coding region (NCR) of the virus (Alt M. et al, Hepatology, 1995, 22, 707-717), or nucleotides 326-348 comprising the 3' end of the NCR and nucleotides 371-388 located in the core coding region of the JJCN
RΝA (Alt M. et al, Archives of Virology, 1997, 142, 589-599; Galderisi U. et al, Journal of Cellular Physiology, 1999, 181, 251-257);
(11) Inhibitors of JRES-dependent translation (Ikeda Ν et al, Agent for the prevention and treatment of hepatitis C, Japanese Patent Pub. JP-08268890; Kai Y. et al. Prevention and treatment of viral diseases, Japanese Patent Pub. JP-10101591);
(12) Nuclease-resistant ribozymes (Maccjak, D. J. et al, Hepatology 1999, 30, abstract 995); and
(13) Other miscellaneous compounds including 1-amino-alkylcyclohexanes (U.S. Patent No. 6,034,134 to Gold et al), alkyl lipids (U.S. Pat. No. 5,922,757 to Chojkier et al), vitamin E and other antioxidants (U.S. Pat. No. 5,922,757 to
Chojkier et al), squalene, amantadine, bile acids (U.S. Pat. No. 5,846,964 to Ozeki et al), N-(phosphonoacetyl)-L-aspartic acid, (U.S. Pat. No. 5,830,905 to Diana et al), benzenedicarboxamides (U.S. Pat. No. 5,633,388 to Diana et al), polyadenylic acid derivatives (U.S. Pat. No. 5,496,546 to Wang et al), 2',3'- dideoxyinosine (U.S. Pat. No. 5,026,687 to Yarchoan et α/.), and benzimidazoles
(U.S. Pat. No. 5,891,874 to Colacino et al).
hi view of the severity of diseases associated with pestiviruses and flaviviruses, and their pervasiveness in animal and man, it is an object of the present invention to provide a compound, method and composition for the treatment of a host infected with flavivirus or pestivirus.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
Compounds, methods and compositions for the treatment of a host infected with a flavivirus or pestivirus infection are described that includes an effective treatment amount of a 3-D- or -L-nucleoside of the Formulas (I) - (XVIII), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
In a first principal embodiment, a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided:
(I) wherein:
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H, phosphate (including mono-, di- or triphosphate and a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 or R3 is independently H or phosphate;
Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR5; and
R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
In a second principal embodiment, a compound of Formula II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided:
(II) wherein:
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabihzed phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R , R or R3 is independently H or phosphate; and
Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR5; and
R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl). hi a third principal embodiment, a compound of Formula III, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided:
(III) wherein:
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including onophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving
1 9 group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R , R or R is independently H or phosphate; and
Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR5; and
R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
In a fourth principal embodiment, a compound of Formula IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided:
wherein:
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H, phosphate (including mono-, di- or triphosphate and a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 or R3 is independently H or phosphate;
Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO- alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR5; and
R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
In a fifth principal embodiment, a compound of Formula V, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided:
(V) wherein:
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving
group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R 1 , τ R.2 or R is independently H or phosphate; and
Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO- alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR5; and
R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
In a sixth principal embodiment, a compound of Formula VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided:
(VI) wherein:
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving
1 9 group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R , R or R is independently H or phosphate; and
Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO- alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR5; and
R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
hi a seventh principal embodiment, a compound selected from Formulas Nil, VIII and IX, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided:
wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 or R is independently H or phosphate;
R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br- vinyl, 2-Br-ethyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), CF3) chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, ΝO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; and
X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In a eighth principal embodiment, a compound of Formulas X, XI and XII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided:
(X) (XI) (XII) wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 or R3 is independently H or phosphate;
R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br- vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH , -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), - N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
R7 is hydrogen, OR3, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), - N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; and
X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In a ninth principal embodiment a compound selected from Formulas XIII, XIV and XV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided:
(XIII) (XIV) (XV) wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino
acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving
1 9 group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R , R or R3 is independently H or phosphate;
R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br- vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), - N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; and
X is O, S, SO2, or CH2.
In a tenth principal embodiment the invention provides a compound of Formula XVI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof:
(XVI) wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving
• . 1 group which when admimstered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R or R is independently H or phosphate;
R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br- vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower allcyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH , -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), - N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO , NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
R8 and R10 are independently H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, R7 and R10, R8 and R9, or R8 and R10 can come together to form a pi bond; and
X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In a eleventh principal embodiment the invention provides a compound of Formula XVII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof:
(XVII) wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 or R2 is independently H or phosphate;
R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br- vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), - N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
7 0 9
R and R are independently hydrogen, OR , hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH2, - NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
R10 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R7 and R10 can come together to form a pi bond; and
X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In an twelfth principal embodiment, the invention provides a compound of Formula XVIII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof:
(xviπ) wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
1 9
R and R independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 or R2 is independently H or phosphate;
R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br- vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), - N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino or di(lower- alkyl)amino;
R8 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R8 and R9 can come together to form a pi bond;
X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
The /3-D- and /3-L-nucleosides of this invention may inhibit flavivirus or pestivirus polymerase activity. These nucleosides can be assessed for their ability to inhibit flavivirus or pestivirus polymerase activity in vitro according to standard screening methods. i one embodiment the efficacy of the anti-flavivirus or pestivirus compound is measured according to the concentration of compound necessary to reduce the plaque number ofthe virus in vitro, according to methods set forth more particularly herein, by 50% (i.e. the compound's EC50). hi preferred embodiments the compound exhibits an EC50 of less than 15 or preferably, less than 10 micromolar in vitro.
In another embodiment, the active compound can be administered in combination or alternation with another anti-flavivirus or pestivirus agent. In combination therapy, effective dosages of two or more agents are administered together, whereas during alternation therapy an effective dosage of each agent is administered serially. The dosages will depend on absorption, inactivation and excretion rates of the drug as well as other factors known to those of skill in the art. It is to be noted that dosage values will also vary with the severity of the condition to be alleviated. It is to be further understood that for any particular subject, specific dosage regimens and schedules should be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration ofthe compositions.
HCV is a member ofthe Flaviviridae family; however, now, HCV has been placed in a new monotypic genus, hepacivirus. Therefore, in one embodiment, the flavivirus or pestivirus is not HCV.
Nonlimiting examples of antiviral agents that can be used in combination with the compounds disclosed herein include:
(1) an interferon and/or ribavirin (Battaglia, A.M. et al, Ann. Pharmacother. 34:487- 494, 2000); Berenguer, M. et al. Antivir. Ther. 3(Supρl. 3):125-136, 1998);
(2) Substrate-based NS3 protease inhibitors (Attwood et al, Antiviral peptide derivatives, PCT WO 98/22496, 1998; Attwood et al, Antiviral Chemistry and Chemotherapy 10.259-273, 1999; Attwood et al, Preparation and use of amino acid derivatives as anti-viral agents, German Patent Publication DE 19914474; Tung et al. Inhibitors of serine proteases, particularly hepatitis C virus NS3 protease, PCT WO 98/17679), including alphaketoamides and hydrazinoureas, and inhibitors that terminate in an electrophile such as a boronic acid or phosphonate. Llinas-Brunet et al, Hepatitis C inhibitor peptide analogues, PCT WO 99/07734.
(3) Non-substrate-based inhibitors such as 2,4,6-trihydroxy-3-nitro-benzamide derivatives(Sudo K. et al, Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications, 238:643- 647, 1997; Sudo K. et al. Antiviral Chemistry and Chemotherapy 9:186, 1998), including RD3-4082 and RD3-4078, the former substituted on the amide with a 14 carbon chain and the latter processing a αr -phenoxyphenyl group;
(4) Thiazolidine derivatives which show relevant inhibition in a reverse-phase HPLC assay with an NS3/4A fusion protein and NS5A/5B substrate (Sudo K. et al, Antiviral Research 32:9-18, 1996), especially compound RD-1-6250, possessing a fused cinnamoyl moiety substituted with a long alkyl chain, RD4 6205 and RD4 6193;
(5) Thiazolidines and benzanilides identified in Kakiuchi N. et al. J. EBS Letters 421:217-220; Takeshita N. et al Analytical Biochemistry 247:242-246, 1997;
(6) A phenan-threnequinone possessing activity against protease in a SDS-PAGE and autoradiography assay isolated from the fermentation culture broth of Streptomyces sp., Sch 68631 (Chu M. et al, Tetrahedron Letters 37:7229-7232, 1996), and Sch 351633, isolated from the fungus Penicillium griscofuluum, which demonstrates activity in a scintillation proximity assay (Chu M. et al, Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters 9:1949-1952);
(7) Selective NS3 inhibitors based on the macromolecule elgin c, isolated from leech (Qasim M.A. et al, Biochemistry 36:1598-1607 ', 1997);
(8) Helicase inhibitors (Diana G.D. et al, Compounds, compositions and methods for treatment of hepatitis C, U.S. Patent No. 5,633,358; Diana G.D. et al, Piperidine derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions thereof and their use in the treatment of hepatitis C, PCT WO 97/36554);
(9) Polymerase inhibitors such as nucleotide analogues, gliotoxin (Ferrari R. et al. Journal of Virology 73:1649-1654, 1999), and the natural product cerulenin (Lohmann V. et al, Virology 249:108-118, 1998);
(10) Antisense phosphorothioate oligodeoxynucleotides (S-ODN) complementary to sequence stretches in the 5' non-coding region (NCR) of the virus (Alt M. et al, Hepatology 22:707-717, 1995), or nucleotides 326-348 comprising the 3' end ofthe NCR and nucleotides 371-388 located in the core coding region of the IICV RNA (Alt M. et al, Archives of Virology 142:589-599, 1997; Galderisi U et al, Journal of Cellular Physiology 181:251-257, 1999);
(11) Inhibitors of IRES-dependent translation (Ikeda N et al, Agent for the prevention and treatment of hepatitis C, Japanese Patent Publication JP-08268890; Kai Y. et al. Prevention and treatment of viral diseases, Japanese Patent Publication JP-10101591);
(12) Nuclease-resistant ribozymes. (Maccjak D.J. et al, Hepatology 30 abstract 995, 1999); and
(13) Other miscellaneous compounds including 1-amino-alkylcyclohexanes (U.S. Patent No. 6,034,134 to Gold et al), alkyl lipids (U.S. Patent No. 5,922,757 to Chojkier et al), vitamin E and other antioxidants (U.S. Patent No. 5,922,757 to Chojkier et al), squalene, amantadine, bile acids (U.S. Patent No. 5,846,964 to Ozelci et al), N- (phosphonoacetyl)-L-aspartic acid, (U.S. Patent No. 5,830,905 to Diana et al), benzenedicarboxamides (U.S. Patent No. 5,633,388 to Diana et al), polyadenylic acid derivatives (U.S. Patent No. 5,496,546 to Wang et al), 2',3'-dideoxyinosine (U.S. Patent No. 5,026,687 to Yarchoan et al.), and benzimidazoles (U.S. Patent No. 5,891,874 to Colacino et al).
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
Figure 1 provides the structure ofvarious non-limiting examples of nucleosides ofthe present invention, as well as other known nucleosides, FIAU and Ribavirin, which are used as comparative examples in the text.
Figure 2 is a line graph of the pharmacokinetics (plasma concentrations) of β-D-2'- CH3-riboG administered to Cynomolgus Monkeys over time after administration.
Figure 3a and 3b are line graphs of the pharmacokinetics (plasma concentrations) of β-D-2'-CH3-riboG administered to Cynomolgus Monkeys either intravenously (3a) or orally (3b) over time after administration.
Figure 4 depicts line graphs of the results of the cell protection assay of β-D-2'-CH3- riboG against BVDV.
Figure 5 depicts line graphs of the results of the cell protection assay of ribavirin against BVDV.
Figure 6 are line graphs of the cell protection assay of β-D-2'-CH3-riboG, β-D-2'- CH3-riboC, β-D-2'-CH3-riboU, β-D-2'-CH3-riboA and ribavirin.
Figure 7 are line graphs of the results of the plaque reduction assay for β-D-2'-CH3- riboU, β-D-2'-CH3-riboC and β-D-2'-CH3-riboG.
Figure 8 is an illustration of plaque reduction based on increasing concentrations of β-D-2'-CH3-riboU.
Figure 9 is a line graph of the results of the yield reduction assay for β-D-2'-CH3- riboG, depicting a 4 log reduction at 9 μM.
Figure 10 is an illustration of the yield reduction based on increasing concentrations of β-D-2'-CH3-riboC.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The invention as disclosed herein is a compound, method and composition for the treatment of pestiviruses and flaviviruses in humans and other host animals, that includes the administration of an effective flavivirus or pestivirus treatment amount of an /3-D- or β-L- nucleoside as described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The compounds of this invention either possess antiviral (i.e., anti-flavivirus or pestivirus) activity, or are metabolized to a compound that exhibits such activity. hi summary, the present invention includes the following features:
(a) /3-D- and /3-L-nucleosides, as described herein, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and prodrugs thereof;
(b) /3-D- and /3-L-nucleosides as described herein, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and prodrugs thereof for use in the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection, especially in individuals diagnosed as having a flavivirus or pestivirus infection or being at risk for becoming infected by flavivirus or pestivirus;
(c) use of these /3-D- and /3-L-nucleosides, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and prodrugs thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for treatment of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection;
(d) pharmaceutical formulations comprising the /3-D- and /3-L-nucleosides or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or prodrugs thereof together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent;
(e) /3-D- and /3-L-nucleosides as described herein substantially in the absence of enantiomers of the described nucleoside, or substantially isolated from other chemical entities;
(f) processes for the preparation of /3-D- and /3-L-nucleosides, as described in more detail below; and
(g) processes for the preparation of /3-D- and /3-L-nucleosides substantially in the absence of enantiomers of the described nucleoside, or substantially isolated from other chemical entities.
Flaviviruses included within the scope of this invention are discussed generally in Fields Virology, Editors: Fields, B. N., Knipe, D. M., and Howley, P. M., Lippincott-Raven Publishers, Philadelphia, PA, Chapter 31, 1996. Specific flaviviruses include, without limitation: Absettarov, Alfuy, Apoi, Aroa, Bagaza, Banzi, Bouboui, Bussuquara, Cacipacore, Carey Island, Dakar bat, Dengue 1, Dengue 2, Dengue 3, Dengue 4, Edge Hill, Entebbe bat, Gadgets Gully, Hanzalova, Hypr, Ilheus, Israel turkey meningoencephalitis, Japanese encephalitis, Jugra, Jutiapa, Kadam, Karshi, Kedougou, Kokobera, Koutango, Kumlinge, Kunjin, Kyasanur Forest disease, Langat, Louping ill, Meaban, Modoc, Montana myotis leukoencephalitis, Murray valley encephalitis, Naranjal, Negishi, Ntaya, Omsk hemorrhagic fever, Phnom-Penh bat, Powassan, Rio Bravo, Rocio, Royal Farm, Russian spring-summer encephalitis, Saboya, St. Louis encephalitis, Sal Vieja, San Perlita, Sau arez Reef, Sepik, Sokuluk, Spondweni, Stratford, Tembusu, Tyuleniy, Uganda S, Usutu, Wesselsbron, West Nile, Yaounde, Yellow fever, and Zika.
Pestiviruses included within the scope of this invention are discussed generally in Fields Virology, Editors: Fields, B. N., Knipe, D. M., and Howley, P. M., Lippincott-Raven Publishers, Philadelphia, PA, Chapter 33, 1996. Specific pestiviruses include, without limitation: bovine viral diarrhea virus ("BVDV"), classical swine fever virus ("CSFV," also called hog cholera virus), and border disease virus ("BDV").
I. Active Compound, and Physiologically Acceptable Salts and Prodrugs Thereof
In a first principal embodiment, a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided:
(I) wherein:
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H, phosphate (including mono-, di- or triphosphate and a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 or R3 is independently H or phosphate;
Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR5; and
R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
In a preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided wherein:
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate (preferably H);
X1 is H;
X2 is H orNH2; and
Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, NH2 or OH.
In a second principal embodiment, a compound of Formula II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided:
(II) wherein:
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving
1 9 group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R , R or R3 is independently H or phosphate; and
Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR5; and
R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
In a preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided wherein:
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate (preferably H);
X1 is H;
X2 is H or NH2; and
Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, NH2 or OH.
In a third principal embodiment, a compound of Formula III, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided:
(III) wherein:
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving
• • 1 9 group which when admimstered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R , R or R3 is independently H or phosphate; and
Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
X1 and X2 are mdependently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR5; and
R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
In a preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula III, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided wherein:
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate (preferably H);
X1 is H;
X2 is H or NH2; and
Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, NH2 or OH.
In a fourth principal embodiment, a compound of Formula IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided:
(TV) wherein:
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H, phosphate (including mono-, di- or triphosphate and a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group
1 " which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R , R or R is independently H or phosphate;
Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO- alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR5; and
R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
In a preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided wherein:
1 9 "
R , R and R are independently H or phosphate (preferably H);
X1 is H or CH3; and
Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, NH2 or OH. hi a fifth principal embodiment, a compound of Formula V, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided:
(V) wherein:
1 9 "
R , R and R are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving
1 9 group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R , R or R3 is independently H or phosphate; and
Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO- alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR5; and
R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
In a preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula V, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided wherein:
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate (preferably H);
X1 is H or CH3; and
Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, NH or OH.
In a sixth principal embodiment, a compound of Formula VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided:
(VI) wherein:
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 or R3 is independently H or phosphate; and
Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO- alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR5; and
R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
In a preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided wherein:
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate (preferably H);
X1 is H or CH3; and
Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, NH or OH.
In a seventh principal embodiment, a compound selected from Formulas VII, VIII and IX, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided:
(VII) (VIII) (IX) wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving
1 9 group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R , R or R is independently H or phosphate;
R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br- vinyl, 2-Br-ethyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), CF3) chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH , -NH(lower alkyl), - NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; and
X is O, S, SO2, or CH2.
In a first preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula VII, VIII or IX, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1, R2 and R3 are independently hydrogen or phosphate;
R6 is alkyl; and
X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
hi a second preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula VII, VIII or IX, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1, R2 and R3 are hydrogens;
R6 is alkyl; and
X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In a third preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula VII, NIII or IX, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1, R2 and R3 are independently hydrogen or phosphate;
R is alkyl; and
X is O.
In a eighth principal embodiment, a compound of Formula X, XI or XII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided:
(X) (XI) (XII) wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 or R3 is independently H or phosphate;
R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br- vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), - N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
R7 is hydrogen, OR3, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH , -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), - N(loweralkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; and
X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In a first preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula X, XI or XII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1, R2 and R3 are independently hydrogen or phosphate;
R6 is alkyl; and
X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In a second preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula X, XI or XII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1, R2 and R3 are hydrogens;
R6is alkyl; and
X is O, S, SO2 or CH2. hi a third preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula X, XI or XII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate;
R6 is alkyl; and
X is O.
In even more preferred subembodfments, a compound of Formula XI, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided:
(XI) wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; optionally substituted with an amine or cyclopropyl (e.g., 2-amino, 2,6-diamino or cyclopropyl guanosine); and
R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo i ■s capable of provi •ding a compound wherein R 1 or R9 is independently H or phosphate.
In a ninth principal embodiment a compound selected from Formula XIII, XIV or XV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided:
(XIII) (XIV) (XV) wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl
and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 or R is independently H or phosphate;
R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br- vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO , NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), - N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl) ; and
X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In a first preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XIII, XIN or XV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1, R2 and R3 are independently hydrogen or phosphate;
R6 is alkyl; and
X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In a second preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XIII, XIV or XV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1, R2 and R3 are hydrogens;
R6 is alkyl; and
X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In a third preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XIII, XIV or XN, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1, R2 and R3 are independently hydrogen or phosphate;
R6 is alkyl; and
X is O.
In a tenth principal embodiment the invention provides a compound of Formula XVI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof:
(XVI) wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 and R2 are independently H or phosphate;
R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br- vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO , NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), - N(lower alkyl) , -N(acyl)2;
R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
R8 and R10 are independently H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, R7 and R10, R8 and R9, or R8 and R10 can come together to form a pi bond; and
X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In a first preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVI, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H or phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino or di(loweralkyl)amino; (5) R8 and R10 are independently H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine, or iodine; and (6) X is O, S, SO2 or CH2. hi a second preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVI, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H or phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2; (5) R8 and R10 are independently H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine, or iodine; and (6) X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In a third preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVI, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H or phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or
arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino or di(loweralkyl)amino; (5) R8 and R10 are H; and (6) X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In a fourth preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVI, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H or phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino; (5) R and R are independently H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine, or iodine; and (6) X is O.
In a fifth preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVI, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H or phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a
cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R
is alkyl; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR1; (5) R8 and R10 are independently H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; and (6) X is O, S, SO2 or CH .
In a sixth preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVI, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H or phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R is alkyl; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2, alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino; (5) R8 and R10 are H; and (6) X is O, S, SO2, or CH2.
In a seventh preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVI, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H or phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2, alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino or di(loweralkyl)amino; (5) R8 and R10 are independently H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; and (6) X is O. hi a eighth prefened subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVI, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or
pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H or phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when admimstered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2; (5) R8 and R10 are hydrogen; and (6) X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In a ninth preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVI, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H or phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2; (5) R8 and R10 are independently H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; and (6) X is O.
In a tenth prefened subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVI, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H or phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a
cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R are independently OR , alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, O- alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino; (5) R8 and R10 are hydrogen; and (6) X is O. hi an eleventh preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVI, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO , amino, loweralkylamino or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2; (5) R8 and R10 are hydrogen; and (6) X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In a twelfth preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVI, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2; (5) R8 and R10 are hydrogen; and (6) X is O, S, SO2, or CH2. hi a thirteenth preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVI, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or
1 f pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R is independently H or phosphate; (3) R is alkyl; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2; (5) R8 and R10 are independently H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine, or iodine; and (6) X is O.
In a fourteenth preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVI, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2, alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino or di(loweralkyl)amino; (5) R8 and R10 are hydrogen; and (6) X is O.
In even more prefened subembodiments, a compound of Formula XVI, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which:
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 and R10 are hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is guanine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 and R10 are hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is cytosine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 and R10 are hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is thymine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 and R10 are hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is uracil; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 and R10 are hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is phosphate; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 and R10 are hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is ethyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 and R10 are hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) Rδ is propyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 and R10 are hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is butyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 and R10 are hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 is hydrogen and R9 is hydroxyl; (5) R8 and R10 are hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 and R10 are hydrogen; and (6) X is S;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 and R10 are hydrogen; and (6) X is SO2;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 and R10 are hydrogen; and (6) X is CH2;
In a eleventh principal embodiment the invention provides a compound of Formula XVII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof:
(XVII) wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1 is H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate;
R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br- vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), - N(lower alkyl) , -N(acyl)2;
R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH2, - NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl) ;
R10 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine, or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R7 and R10 can come together to form a pi bond; and
X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In a first preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl
(including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br- vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino or di(loweralkyl)- amino; (5) R10 is H; and (6) X is O, S, SO2, or CH2.
In a second preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2; (5) R10 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine, or iodine; and (6) X is O, S, SO2 or CH2. hi a third preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a
cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br- vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino or di(loweralkyl)- amino; (5) R10 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; and (6) X is O.
In a fourth preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO , amino, loweralkylamino or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2; (5) R10 is H; and (6) X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In a fifth preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVII, or its pharaiaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7
and R9 are independently OR2; (5) R10 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; and (6) X is O.
In a sixth preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is mdependently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7
0 9 and R are independently hydrogen, OR , alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br- vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino; (5) R10 is H; and (6) X is O.
In a seventh preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2; (5) R10 is H; and (6) X is O.
In an eighth preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl; (4)
R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino or di(loweralkyl)-amino; (5) R10 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; and (6) X is O, S, SO2, or CH2.
In a ninth preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2; (5) R10 is H; and (6) X is O, S, SO2, or CH2.
In a tenth preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2; (5) R10 is H; and (6) X is O, S, SO2, or CH2. hi even more preferred subembodiments, a compound of Formula XVII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which:
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R10 is hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is guanine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R10 is hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is cytosine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R10 is hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is thymine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R10 is hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is uracil; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R10 is hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is phosphate; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R10 is hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is ethyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R10 is hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is propyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R10 is hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is butyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R10 is hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R10 is hydrogen; and (6) X is S;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R10 is hydrogen; and (6) X is SO2; or
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R10 is hydrogen; and (6) X is CH2.
In an twelfth principal embodiment the invention provides a compound of Formula XVIII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof:
(XVIII) wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1 is independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate;
R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br- vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower
alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), - N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
R and R are independently hydrogen, OR , alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, lower alkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino;
R8 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R8 and R9 can come together to form a pi bond;
X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In a first preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVIII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl; (4) R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino or di(loweralkyl)amino; (5) R8 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; and (6) X is O, S, SO2 or CH2. hi a second preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVIII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R
is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino or di-(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2; (5) R8 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine, or iodine; and (6) X is O, S, SO2 or CH2. hi a third preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVIII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(lower-alkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br- vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO , amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino; (5) R8 is H; and (6) X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In a fourth preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVIII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br- vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO , amino, loweralkylamino, or
di(loweralkyl)amino; (5) R8 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine, or iodine; and (6) X is O.
In a fifth preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XNTfl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, ΝO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2; (5) R8 is H; and (6) X is O, S, SO2, or CH2.
In a sixth prefened subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVIII, or its pharaiaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2; (5) R8 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine, or iodine; and (6) X is O.
In a seventh preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVIII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl
(including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7
0 9 and R are independently hydrogen, OR , alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br- vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino; (5) R8 is H; and (6) X is O.
In an eighth prefened subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVIII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2; (5) R8 is H; and (6) X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In a ninth preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVIII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2; (5) R8 is H; and (6) X is O, S, SO2, or CH2.
In a tenth prefened subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVIII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R is independently H or phosphate; (3) R is alkyl; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2; (5) R8 is H; and (6) X is O. i even more prefened subembodiments, a compound of Formula XVIII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which:
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 is hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is guanine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 is hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is cytosine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 is hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is thymine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 is hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is uracil; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5)
R is hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is phosphate; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R is hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is ethyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 is hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is propyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 is hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is butyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 is hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 is hydrogen; and (6) X is S;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 is hydrogen; and (6) X is SO2; or
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 is hydrogen; and (6) X is CH2.
The /3-D- and /3-L-nucleosides of this invention belong to a class, of anti-flavivirus or pestivirus agents that may inhibit flavivirus or pestivirus polymerase activity. Nucleosides can be screened for their ability to inhibit flavivirus or pestivirus polymerase activity in vitro according to screening methods set forth more particularly herein. One can readily determine the spectrum of activity by evaluating the compound in the assays described herein or with another confirmatory assay.
In one embodiment the efficacy of the anti-flavivirus or pestivirus compound is measured according to the concentration of compound necessary to reduce the plaque number ofthe virus in vitro, according to methods set forth more particularly herein, by 50% (i.e. the compound's EC50). hi preferred embodiments the compound exhibits an EC50 of less than 15 or 10 micromolar.
HCV is a member ofthe Flaviviridae family; however, now, HCV has been placed in a new monotypic genus, hepacivirus. Therefore, in one embodiment, the flavivirus or pestivirus is not HCV.
The active compound can be administered as any salt or prodrug that upon administration to the recipient is capable of providing directly or indirectly the parent compound, or that exhibits activity itself. Nonlimiting examples are the pharmaceutically acceptable salts (alternatively refened to as "physiologically acceptable salts"), and a compound, which has been alkylated or acylated at the 5 '-position, or on the purine or pyrimidine base (a type of "pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug"). Further, the modifications can affect the biological activity ofthe compound, in some cases increasing the activity over the parent compound. This can easily be assessed by preparing the salt or prodrug and testing its antiviral activity according to the methods described herein, or other methods known to those skilled in the art.
II. Definitions
The term alkyl, as used herein, unless otherwise specified, refers to a saturated straight, branched, or cyclic, primary, secondary, or tertiary hydrocarbon of typically to C10, and specifically includes methyl, trifluoromethyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, cyclopentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, and 2,3-dimethylbutyl. The term includes both substituted and unsubstituted alkyl groups. Moieties with which the alkyl group can be substituted are selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, amino, alkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate, either unprotected, or protected as necessary, as known to those skilled in the art, for example, as taught in Greene, et al, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991, hereby incorporated by reference.
The term lower alkyl, as used herein, and unless otherwise specified, refers to a to C4 saturated straight, branched, or if appropriate, a cyclic (for example, cyclopropyl) alkyl group, including both substituted and unsubstituted forms. Unless otherwise specifically stated in this application, when alkyl is a suitable moiety, lower alkyl is preferred. Similarly, when alkyl or lower alkyl is a suitable moiety, unsubstituted alkyl or lower alkyl is prefened.
The term alkylamino or arylamino refers to an amino group that has one or two alkyl or aryl substituents, respectively.
The term "protected" as used herein and unless otherwise defined refers to a group that is added to an oxygen, nitrogen, or phosphorus atom to prevent its further reaction or for other purposes. A wide variety of oxygen and nitrogen protecting groups are known to those skilled in the art of organic synthesis.
The term aryl, as used herein, and unless otherwise specified, refers to phenyl, biphenyl, or naphthyl, and preferably phenyl. The term includes both substituted and unsubstituted moieties. The aryl group can be substituted with one or more moieties selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, amino, alkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate, either unprotected, or protected as necessary, as known to those skilled in the art, for example, as taught in Greene, et al, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991.
The temi alkaryl or alkylaryl refers to an alkyl group with an aryl substituent. The term aralkyl or arylalkyl refers to an aryl group with an alkyl substituent.
The term halo, as used herein, includes chloro, bromo, iodo, and fluoro.
The term purine or pyrimidine base includes, but is not limited to, adenine, N - alkylpurines, N6-acylpurines (wherein acyl is C(O)(alkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, or arylalkyl), N6- benzylpurine, N6-halopurine, N6-vinylpurine, N6-acetylenic purine, N6-acyl purine,
N -hydroxyalkyl purine, N -thioalkyl purine, N -alkylpurines, N -alkyl-6-thiopurines, thymine, cytosine, 5-fluorocytosine, 5-methylcytosine, 6-azapyrimidine, including 6- azacytosine, 2- and/or 4-mercaptopyrmidine, uracil, 5-halouracil, including 5-fluorouracil, C5-alkylpyrimidines, C5-benzylpyrimidines, C5-halopyrimidines, C5-vinylpyrimidine, C5- acetylenic pyrimidine, C5-acyl pyrimidine, C5-hydroxyalkyl purine, C5-amidoρyrimidine, C5- cyanopyrimidine, C5-nitropyrimidine, C5-aminopyrimidine, N2-alkylpurines, N2-alkyl-6- thiopurines, 5-azacytidinyl, 5-azauracilyl, triazolopyridinyl, imidazolopyridinyl, pynolopyrimidinyl, and pyrazolo-pyrimidinyl. Purine bases include, but are not limited to, guanine, adenine, hypoxanthine, 2,6-diaminopurine, and 6-chloropurine. Functional oxygen and nitrogen groups on the base can be protected as necessary or desired. Suitable protecting groups are well known to those skilled in the art, and include tnmethylsilyl, dimethylhexylsilyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl and t-butyldiphenylsilyl, trityl, alkyl groups, and acyl groups such as acetyl and propionyl, methanesulfonyl, and p-toluenesulfonyl. Alternatively, the purine or pyrimidine base can optionally substituted such that it forms a viable prodrug,
which can be cleaved in vivo. Examples of appropriate substituents include acyl moiety, an amine or cyclopropyl (e.g., 2-amino, 2,6-diamino or cyclopropyl guanosine).
The term acyl refers to a carboxylic acid ester in which the non-carbonyl moiety of the ester group is selected from straight, branched, or cyclic alkyl or lower alkyl, alkoxyalkyl including methoxymethyl, aralkyl including benzyl, aryloxyalkyl such as phenoxymethyl, aryl including phenyl optionally substituted with halogen, to C4 alkyl or C\ to C alkoxy, sulfonate esters such as alkyl or aralkyl sulphonyl including methanesulfonyl, the mono, di or triphosphate ester, trityl or monomethoxytrityl, substituted benzyl, trialkylsilyl (e.g. dimethyl- t-butylsilyl) or diphenylmethylsilyl. Aryl groups in the esters optimally comprise a phenyl group. The term "lower acyl" refers to an acyl group in which the non-carbonyl moiety is lower alkyl.
As used herein, the term "substantially free of or "substantially in the absence of refers to a nucleoside composition that includes at least 85 or 90% by weight, preferably 95% to 98 % by weight, and even more preferably 99% to 100% by weight, of the designated enantiomer of that nucleoside. In a preferred embodiment, in the methods and compounds of this invention, the compounds are substantially free of enantiomers.
Similarly, the term "isolated" refers to a nucleoside composition that includes at least 85 or 90% by weight, preferably 95% to 98 % by weight, and even more preferably 99% to 100% by weight, of the nucleoside, the remainder comprising other chemical species or enantiomers.
The term "independently" is used herein to indicate that the variable, which is independently applied, varies independently from application to application. Thus, in a compound such as R"XYR", wherein R" is "independently carbon or nitrogen," both R" can be carbon, both R" can be nitrogen, or one R" can be carbon and the other R" nitrogen.
The terai host, as used herein, refers to an unicellular or multicellular organism in which the virus can replicate, including cell lines and animals, and preferably a human. Alternatively, the host can be carrying a part of the flavivirus or pestivirus genome, whose replication or function can be altered by the compounds of the present invention. The term host specifically refers to infected cells, cells transfected with all or part of the flavivirus or pestivirus genome and animals, in particular, primates (including chimpanzees) and humans. In most animal applications ofthe present invention, the host is a human patient. Veterinary
applications, in certain indications, however, are clearly anticipated by the present invention (such as chimpanzees).
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug" is used throughout the specification to describe any pharmaceutically acceptable form (such as an ester, phosphate ester, salt of an ester or a related group) of a nucleoside compound which, upon administration to a patient, provides the nucleoside compound. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include those derived from pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic bases and acids. Suitable salts include those derived from alkali metals such as potassium and sodium, alkaline earth metals such as calcium and magnesium, among numerous other acids well known in the pharmaceutical art. Pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs refer to a compound that is metabolized, for example hydrolyzed or oxidized, in the host to form the compound of the present invention. Typical examples of prodrugs include compounds that have biologically labile protecting groups on a functional moiety of the active compound. Prodrugs include compounds that can be oxidized, reduced, aminated, deaminated, hydroxylated, dehydroxylated, hydrolyzed, dehydrolyzed, alkylated, dealkylated, acylated, deacylated, phosphorylated, dephosphorylated to produce the active compound. The compounds of this invention possess antiviral activity against flavivirus or pestivirus, or are metabolized to a compound that exhibits such activity.
III. Nucleotide Salt or Prodrug Formulations
In cases where compounds are sufficiently basic or acidic to form stable nontoxic acid or base salts, administration of the compound as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt may be appropriate. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts are organic acid addition salts formed with acids, which form a physiological acceptable anion, for example, tosylate, methanesulfonate, acetate, citrate, malonate, tartarate, succinate, benzoate, ascorbate, - ketoglutarate, and α-glycerophosphate. Suitable inorganic salts may also be formed, including, sulfate, nitrate, bicarbonate, and carbonate salts.
Pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be obtained using standard procedures well known in the art, for example by reacting a sufficiently basic compound such as an amine with a suitable acid affording a physiologically acceptable anion. Alkali metal (for example, sodium, potassium or lithium) or alkaline earth metal (for example calcium) salts of carboxylic acids can also be made.
Any of the nucleosides described herein can be administered as a nucleotide prodrug to increase the activity, bioavailabihty, stability or otherwise alter the properties of the nucleoside. A number of nucleotide prodrug ligands are known. In general, alkylation, acylation or other lipophilic modification of the mono, di or triphosphate of the nucleoside will increase the stability of the nucleotide. Examples of substituent groups that can replace one or more hydrogens on the phosphate moiety are alkyl, aryl, steroids, carbohydrates, including sugars, 1,2-diacylglycerol and alcohols. Many are described in R. Jones and N. Bischofberger, Antiviral Research, 27 (1995) 1-17. Any of these can be used in combination with the disclosed nucleosides to achieve a desired effect.
The active nucleoside can also be provided as a 5'-phosphoether lipid or a 5 '-ether lipid, as disclosed in the following references, which are incorporated by reference herein: Kucera, L.S., N. Iyer, E. Leake, A. Raben, Modest E.K., D.L.W., and C. Piantadosi, "Novel membrane-interactive ether lipid analogs that inhibit infectious H1N-1 production and induce defective virus formation," AIDS Res. Hum. Retro Viruses, 1990, 6, 491-501; Piantadosi, C, J. Marasco C.J., S.L. Morris-Νatschke, K.L. Meyer, F. Gumus, J.R. Surles, K.S. Ishaq, L.S. Kucera, Ν. Iyer, CA. Wallen, S. Piantadosi, and E.J. Modest, "Synthesis and evaluation of novel ether lipid nucleoside conjugates for anti-HIV activity," J. Med. Chem., 1991, 34, 1408-1414; Hosteller, K.Y., D.D. Richman, D.A. Carson, L.M. Stuhmiller, G.M. T. van Wijk, and H. van den Bosch, "Greatly enhanced inhibition of human immunodeficiency virus type 1 replication in CEM and HT4-6C cells by 3'-deoxythymidine diphosphate dimyristoylglycerol, a lipid prodrug of 3,-deoxythymidine," Antimicrob. Agents Chemother., 1992, 36, 2025-2029; Hosetler, K.Y., L.M. Stuhmiller, H.B. Lenting, H. van den Bosch, and D.D. Richman, "Synthesis and antiretroviral activity of phospholipid analogs of azidothymidine and other antiviral nucleosides." J. Biol. Chem., 1990, 265, 61127.
Nonlimiting examples of U.S. patents that disclose suitable lipophilic substituents that can be covalently incorporated into the nucleoside, preferably at the 5' -OH position of the nucleoside or lipophilic preparations, include U.S. Patent Nos. 5,149,794 (Sep. 22, 1992, Yatvin et al); 5,194,654 (Mar. 16, 1993, Hostetler et al, 5,223,263 (June 29, 1993, Hostetler et al.); 5,256,641 (Oct. 26, 1993, Yatvin et al.); 5,411,947 (May 2, 1995, Hostetler et al.); 5,463,092 (Oct. 31, 1995, Hostetler et al); 5,543,389 (Aug. 6, 1996, Yatvin et al.); 5,543,390 (Aug. 6, 1996, Yatvin et al); 5,543,391 (Aug. 6, 1996, Yatvin et al.); and 5,554,728 (Sep. 10, 1996; Basava et al.), all of which are incorporated herein by reference. Foreign patent applications that disclose lipophilic substituents that can be attached to the nucleosides ofthe
present invention, or lipophilic preparations, include WO 89/02733, WO 90/00555, W0 91/16920, W0 91/18914, W0 93/00910, W0 94/26273, WO 96/15132, EP 0 350 287, EP 93917054.4, and WO 91/19721.
IV. Combination and Alternation Therapy
It has been recognized that drug-resistant variants of viruses can emerge after prolonged treatment with an antiviral agent. Drug resistance most typically occurs by mutation of a gene that encodes for an enzyme used in viral replication. The efficacy of a drug against flavivirus or pestivirus infection can be prolonged, augmented, or restored by administering the compound in combination or alternation with a second, and perhaps third, antiviral compound that induces a different mutation from that caused by the principle drug. Alternatively, the pharmacokinetics, biodistribution or other parameter of the drug can be altered by such combination or alternation therapy. In general, combination therapy is typically preferred over alternation therapy because it induces multiple simultaneous stresses on the virus.
Nonlimiting examples of antiviral agents that can be used in combination or alternation with the compounds disclosed herein include:
(1) an interferon and/or ribavirin (Battaglia, A.M. et al, Ann. Pharmacother. 34:487- 494, 2000); Berenguer, M. et al. Antivir. Ther. 3(Suppl. 3):125-136, 1998);
(2) Substrate-based NS3 protease inhibitors (Attwood et al, Antiviral peptide derivatives, PCT WO 98/22496, 1998; Attwood et al, Antiviral Chemistry and Chemotherapy 10.259-273, 1999; Attwood et al, Preparation and use of amino acid derivatives as anti-viral agents, German Patent Publication DE 19914474; Tung et al. Inhibitors of serine proteases, particularly hepatitis C virus NS3 protease, PCT WO 98/17679), including alphaketoamides and hydrazinoureas, and inhibitors that terminate in an electrophile such as a boronic acid or phosphonate. Llinas-Brunet et al, Hepatitis C inhibitor peptide analogues, PCT WO 99/07734.
(3) Non-substrate-based inhibitors such as 2,4,6-trihydroxy-3-nitro-benzamide derivatives(Sudo K. et al, Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications, 238:643- 647, 1997; Sudo K. et al. Antiviral Chemistry and Chemotherapy 9:186, 1998), including
RD3-4082 and RD3-4078, the former substituted on the amide with a 14 carbon chain and the latter processing a αr -phenoxyphenyl group;
(4) Thiazolidine derivatives which show relevant inhibition in a reverse-phase HPLC assay with an NS3/4A fusion protein and NS5A/5B substrate (Sudo K. et al, Antiviral Research 32:9-18, 1996), especially compound RD-1-6250, possessing a fused cinnamoyl moiety substituted with a long alkyl chain, RD4 6205 and RD4 6193;
(5) Thiazolidines and benzanilides identified in Kakiuchi N. et al. J. EBS Letters 421:217-220; TakeshitaN. et al Analytical Biochemistry 24 -.242-246, 1997;
(6) A phenan-threnequinone possessing activity against protease in a SDS-PAGE and autoradiography assay isolated from the fermentation culture broth of Streptomyces sp., Sch 68631 (Chu M. et al, Tetrahedron Letters 37:7229-7232, 1996), and Sch 351633, isolated from the fungus Penicillium griscofuluum, which demonstrates activity in a scintillation proximity assay (Chu M. et al, Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters 9:1949-1952);
(7) Selective NS3 inhibitors based on the macromolecule elgin c, isolated from leech (Qasim M.A. et al, Biochemistry 36:1598-1607, 1997);
(8) Helicase inhibitors (Diana G.D. et al, Compounds, compositions and methods for treatment of hepatitis C, U.S. Patent No. 5,633,358; Diana G.D. et al, Piperidine derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions thereof and their use in the treatment of hepatitis C, PCT WO 97/36554);
(9) Polymerase inhibitors such as nucleotide analogues, gliotoxin (Fenari R. et al. Journal of Virology 73:1649-1654, 1999), and the natural product cerulenin (Lohmann V. et al, Virology 249:108-118, 1998);
(10) Antisense phosphorothioate oligodeoxynucleotides (S-ODN) complementary to sequence stretches in the 5' non-coding region (NCR) of the virus (Alt M. et al, Hepatology 22:707-717, 1995), or nucleotides 326-348 comprising the 3' end ofthe NCR and nucleotides 371-388 located in the core coding region of the IICV RNA (Alt M. et al, Archives of Virology 142:589-599, 1997; Galderisi U et al, Journal of Cellular Physiology 181:251-257, 1999);
(11) Inhibitors of IRES-dependent translation (Ikeda N et al, Agent for the prevention and treatment of hepatitis C, Japanese Patent Publication JP-08268890; Kai Y. et al. Prevention and treatment of viral diseases, Japanese Patent Publication JP-10101591);
(12) Nuclease-resistant ribozymes. (Maccjak D.J. et al, Hepatology 30 abstract 995, 1999); and
(13) Other miscellaneous compounds including 1-amino-alkylcyclohexanes (U.S. Patent No. 6,034,134 to Gold et al), alkyl lipids (U.S. Patent No. 5,922,757 to Chojkier et al), vitamin E and other antioxidants (U.S. Patent No. 5,922,757 to Chojkier et al), squalene, amantadine, bile acids (U.S. Patent No. 5,846,964 to Ozeki et al), N- (phosphonoacetyl)-L-aspartic acid, (U.S. Patent No. 5,830,905 to Diana et al), benzenedicarboxamides (U.S. Patent No. 5,633,388 to Diana et al), polyadenylic acid derivatives (U.S. Patent No. 5,496,546 to Wang et al), 2',3'-dideoxyinosine (U.S. Patent No. 5,026,687 to Yarchoan et al), and benzimidazoles (U.S. Patent No. 5,891,874 to Colacino et al).
V. Pharmaceutical Compositions
Host, including humans, infected with flavivirus or pestivirus, or a gene fragment thereof can be treated by administering to the patient an effective amount of the active compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug or salt thereof in the presence of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent. The active materials can be administered by any appropriate route, for example, orally, parenterally, intravenously, intradermally, subcutaneously, or topically, in liquid or solid form.
A prefened dose of the compound for flavivirus or pestivirus infection will be in the range from about 1 to 50 mg/kg, preferably 1 to 20 mg/kg, of body weight per day, more generally 0.1 to about 100 mg per kilogram body weight of the recipient per day. The effective dosage range of the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and prodrugs can be calculated based on the weight ofthe parent nucleoside to be delivered. If the salt or prodrug exhibits activity in itself, the effective dosage can be estimated as above using the weight of the salt or prodrug, or by other means known to those skilled in the art.
The compound is conveniently administered in unit any suitable dosage form, including but not limited to one containing 7 to 3000 mg, preferably 70 to 1400 mg of active ingredient per unit dosage form. A oral dosage of 50-1000 mg is usually convenient.
Ideally the active ingredient should be administered to achieve peak plasma concentrations ofthe active compound of from about 0.2 to 70 μM, preferably about 1.0 to 10
μM. This may be achieved, for example, by the intravenous injection of a 0.1 to 5% solution of the active ingredient, optionally in saline, or administered as a bolus of the active ingredient.
The concentration of active compound in the drug composition will depend on absorption, inactivation, and excretion rates of the drug as well as other factors known to those of skill in the art. It is to be noted that dosage values will also vary with the severity of the condition to be alleviated. It is to be further understood that for any particular subject, specific dosage regimens should be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment ofthe person administering or supervising the administration ofthe compositions, and that the concentration ranges set forth herein are exemplary only and are not intended to limit the scope or practice of the claimed composition. The active ingredient may be administered at once, or may be divided into a number of smaller doses to be administered at varying intervals of time.
A prefened mode of administration of the active compound is oral. Oral compositions will generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. They may be enclosed in gelatin capsules or compressed into tablets. For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the active compound can be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches or capsules. Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part ofthe composition.
The tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring. When the dosage unit form is a capsule, it can contain, in addition to material ofthe above type, a liquid carrier such as a fatty oil. hi addition, dosage unit forms can contain various other materials which modify the physical form ofthe dosage unit, for example, coatings of sugar, shellac, or other enteric agents.
The compound can be administered as a component of an elixir, suspension, syrup, wafer, chewing gum or the like. A syrup may contain, in addition to the active compounds, sucrose as a sweetening agent and certain preservatives, dyes and colorings and flavors.
The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug or salts thereof can also be mixed with other active materials that do not impair the desired action, or with materials that supplement the desired action, such as antibiotics, antifungals, anti-inflammatories, or other antivirals, including other nucleoside compounds. Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, subcutaneous, or topical application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. The parental preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic.
If administered intravenously, prefened carriers are physiological saline or phosphate buffered saline (PBS).
In a prefened embodiment, the active compounds are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems. Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. The materials can also be obtained commercially from Alza Corporation.
Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) are also prefened as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These may be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Patent No. 4,522,811 (which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). For example, liposome formulations may be prepared by dissolving appropriate lipid(s) (such as stearoyl phosphatidyl ethanolamine, stearoyl phosphatidyl choline, arachadoyl phosphatidyl choline, and cholesterol) in an inorganic solvent that is then evaporated, leaving behind a thin film of dried lipid on the surface of the container. An aqueous solution of the active compound or its monophosphate, diphosphate, and/or triphosphate derivatives is then introduced into the container. The container is then swirled by hand to free lipid material from the sides ofthe container and to disperse lipid aggregates, thereby forming the liposomal suspension.
VI. Processes for the Preparation of Active Compounds
The nucleosides of the present invention can be synthesized by any means known in the art. In particular, the synthesis of the present nucleosides can be achieved by either alkylating the appropriately modified sugar, followed by glycosylation or glycosylation followed by alkylation of the nucleoside. The following non-limiting embodiments illustrate some general methodology to obtain the nucleosides ofthe present invention.
A. General Synthesis of 1 '-C-Branched Nucleosides
l'-C-Branched ribonucleosides ofthe following structure:
wherein BASE is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
7 0 9
R and R are independently hydrogen, OR , hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl) , -N(acyl)2;
R8 and R10 are independently H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, R7 and R10, R8 and R9, or R8 and R10can come together to form a pi bond;
1 9
R and R are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate;
R6 is an alkyl, halogeno-alkyl (i.e. CF3), alkenyl, or alkynyl (i.e. allyl); and
X is O, S, SO2 or CH2 can be prepared by one ofthe following general methods.
1) Modification from the lactone
The key starting material for this process is an appropriately substituted lactone. The lactone can be purchased or can be prepared by any known means including standard epimerization, substitution and cyclization techniques. The lactone can be optionally protected with a suitable protecting group, preferably with an acyl or silyl group, by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Greene et al. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991. The protected lactone can then be coupled with a suitable coupling agent, such as an organometallic carbon nucleophile, such as a Grignard reagent, an organolithium, lithium dialkylcopper or R6-SiMe3 in TBAF with the appropriate non-protic solvent at a suitable temperature, to give the l'-alkylated sugar.
The optionally activated sugar can then be coupled to the BASE by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Townsend Chemistry of Nucleosides and Nucleotides, Plenum Press, 1994. For example, an acylated sugar can be coupled to a silylated base with a lewis acid, such as tin tetrachloride, titanium tetrachloride or trimethylsilyltriflate in the appropriate solvent at a suitable temperature.
Subsequently, the nucleoside can be deprotected by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Greene et al. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991.
In a particular embodiment, the l'-C-branched ribonucleoside is desired. The synthesis of a ribonucleoside is shown in Scheme 1. Alternatively, deoxyribo-nucleoside is desired. To obtain these nucleosides, the formed ribonucleoside can optionally be protected by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Greene et al. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991, and then the 2'- OH can be reduced with a suitable reducing agent. Optionally, the 2'-hydroxyl can be activated to facilitate reduction; i.e. via the Barton reduction.
Scheme 1
1) Coupling
2) Optional Deprotection
Optional Deprotection
2. Alternative method for the preparation of 1 '-C-branched nucleosides
The key starting material for this process is an appropriately substituted hexose. The hexose can be purchased or can be prepared by any known means including standard epimerization (e.g. via alkaline treatment), substitution and coupling techniques. The hexose can be selectively protected to give the appropriate hexa-furanose, as taught by Townsend Chemistry of Nucleosides and Nucleotides. Plenum Press, 1994.
The 1 '-hydroxyl can be optionally activated to a suitable leaving group such as an acyl group or a halogen via acylation or halogenation, respectively. The optionally activated sugar can then be coupled to the BASE by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Townsend Chemistry of Nucleosides and Nucleotides, Plenum Press, 1994. For example, an acylated sugar can be coupled to a silylated base with a lewis acid, such as tin tetrachloride, titanium tetrachloride or trimethylsilyltriflate in the appropriate solvent at a suitable temperature. Alternatively, a halo-sugar can be coupled to a silylated base with the presence of trimethylsilyltriflate.
The l'-CH2-OH, if protected, can be selectively deprotected by methods well known in the art. The resultant primary hydroxyl can be functionalized to yield various C-branched nucleosides. For example, the primary hydroxyl can be reduced to give the methyl, using a suitable reducing agent. Alternatively, the hydroxyl can be activated prior to reduction to facilitate the reaction; i.e. via the Barton reduction. In an alternate embodiment, the primary hydroxyl can be oxidized to the aldehyde, then coupled with a carbon nucleophile, such as a Grignard reagent, an organolithium, lithium dialkylcopper or R6-SiMe3 in TBAF with the appropriate non-protic solvent at a suitable temperature.
In a particular embodiment, the 1 '-C-branched ribonucleoside is desired. The synthesis of a ribonucleoside is shown in Scheme 2. Alternatively, deoxyribo-nucleoside is desired. To obtain these nucleosides, the formed ribonucleoside can optionally be protected by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Greene et al. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991, and then the 2'- OH can be reduced with a suitable reducing agent. Optionally, the 2 '-hydroxyl can be activated to facilitate reduction; i.e. via the Barton reduction.
Scheme 2
hi addition, the L-enantiomers conesponding to the compounds of the invention can be prepared following the same general methods (1 or 2), beginning with the conesponding L-sugar or nucleoside L-enantiomer as starting material.
B . General Synthesis of 2 ' -C-Branched Nucleosides
2'-C-Branched ribonucleosides ofthe following structure:
wherein BASE is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
R10 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R7 and R10 can come together to form a pi bond;
1 9
R and R are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate;
R6 is an alkyl, halogeno-alkyl (i.e. CF3), alkenyl, or alkynyl (i.e. allyl); and
X is O, S, SO2 or CH2 can be prepared by one ofthe following general methods.
1. Glycosylation ofthe nucleobase with an appropriately modified sugar
The key starting material for this process is an appropriately substituted sugar with a 2' -OH and 2'-H, with the appropriate leaving group (LG), for example an acyl group or a
halogen. The sugar can be purchased or can be prepared by any known means including standard epimerization, substitution, oxidation and reduction techniques. The substituted sugar can then be oxidized with the appropriate oxidizing agent in a compatible solvent at a suitable temperature to yield the 2'-modified sugar. Possible oxidizing agents are Jones reagent (a mixture of chromic acid and sulfuric acid), Collins 's reagent (dipyridine Cr(VI) oxide, Corey's reagent (pyridinium chlorochromate), pyridinium dichromate, acid dichromate, potassium permanganate, MnO2, ruthenium tetroxide, phase transfer catalysts such as chromic acid or permanganate supported on a polymer, Cl2-pyridine, H2O2- ammonium molybdate, NaBrO2-CAN, NaOCl in HOAc, copper chromite, copper oxide, Raney nickel, palladium acetate, Meerwin-Pondorf-Verley reagent (aluminum t-butoxide with another ketone) and N-bromosuccinimide.
Then coupling of an organometallic carbon nucleophile, such as a Grignard reagent, an organolithium, lithium dialkylcopper or R6-SiMe3 in TBAF with the ketone with the appropriate non-protic solvent at a suitable temperature, yields the 2'-alkylated sugar. The alkylated sugar can be optionally protected with a suitable protecting group, preferably with an acyl or silyl group, by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Greene et al. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991.
The optionally protected sugar can then be coupled to the BASE by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Townsend Chemistry of Nucleosides and Nucleotides, Plenum Press, 1994. For example, an acylated sugar can be coupled to a silylated base with a lewis acid, such as tin tetrachloride, titanium tetrachloride or trimethylsilyltriflate in the appropriate solvent at a suitable temperature. Alternatively, a halo-sugar can be coupled to a silylated base with the presence of trimethylsilyltriflate.
Subsequently, the nucleoside can be deprotected by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Greene et al. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991. hi a particular embodiment, the 2'-C-branched ribonucleoside is desired. The synthesis of a ribonucleoside is shown in Scheme 3. Altematively, deoxyribo-nucleoside is desired. To obtain these nucleosides, the formed ribonucleoside can optionally be protected by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Greene et al. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis. John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991, and then the 2'-
OH can be reduced with a suitable reducing agent. Optionally, the 2'-hydroxyl can be activated to facilitate reduction; i.e. via the Barton reduction.
Scheme 3
1) Coupling
2) Optional Deprotection
2. Modification of a pre-formed nucleoside
The key starting material for this process is an appropriately substituted nucleoside with a 2'-OH and 2'-H. The nucleoside can be purchased or can be prepared by any known means including standard coupling techniques. The nucleoside can be optionally protected with suitable protecting groups, preferably with acyl or silyl groups, by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Greene et al Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991.
The appropriately protected nucleoside can then be oxidized with the appropriate oxidizing agent in a compatible solvent at a suitable temperature to yield the 2'-modified
sugar. Possible oxidizing agents are Jones reagent (a mixture of chromic acid and sulfuric acid), Collins 's reagent (dipyridine Cr(NI) oxide, Corey's reagent (pyridinium chlorochromate), pyridinium dichromate, acid dichromate, potassium permanganate, MnO2, ruthenium tetroxide, phase transfer catalysts such as chromic acid or permanganate supported on a polymer, Cl2-pyridine, H O2-ammonium molybdate, ΝaBrO -CAΝ, NaOCl in HOAc, copper chromite, copper oxide, Raney nickel, palladium acetate, Meerwin-Pondorf-Verley reagent (aluminum t-butoxide with another ketone) and iV-bromosuccinimide.
Subsequently, the nucleoside can be deprotected by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by GreeneGreene et al. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991.
In a particular embodiment, the 2 '-C-branched ribonucleoside is desired. The synthesis of a ribonucleoside is shown in Scheme 4. Alternatively, deoxyribo-nucleoside is desired. To obtain these nucleosides, the formed ribonucleoside can optionally be protected by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Greene et al. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991, and then the 2'- OH can be reduced with a suitable reducing agent. Optionally, the 2'-hydroxyl can be activated to facilitate reduction; i.e. via the Barton reduction.
Scheme 4
Optional Deprotection
Optional Deprotection
In another embodiment of the invention, the L-enantiomers are desired. Therefore, the L-enantiomers can be conesponding to the compounds of the invention can be prepared following the same foregoing general methods, beginning with the conesponding L-sugar or nucleoside L-enantiomer as starting material.
C. General Synthesis of 3 '-C-Branched Nucleosides
3'-C-Branched ribonucleosides ofthe following structure:
wherein BASE is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
"7 Q 9
R and R are independently hydrogen, OR , hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
R is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlonne, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R8 and R9 can come together to form a pi bond;
R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate;
R6 is an alkyl, halogeno-alkyl (i.e. CF3), alkenyl, or alkynyl (i.e. allyl); and
X is O, S, SO2 or CH2 can be prepared by one ofthe following general methods.
1 Glycosylation ofthe nucleobase with an appropriately modified sugar
The key starting material for this process is an appropriately substituted sugar with a 3' -OH and 3'-H, with the appropriate leaving group (LG), for example an acyl group or a halogen. The sugar can be purchased or can be prepared by any known means including standard epimerization, substitution, oxidation and reduction techniques. The substituted sugar can then be oxidized with the appropriate oxidizing agent in a compatible solvent at a suitable temperature to yield the 3 '-modified sugar. Possible oxidizing agents are Jones reagent (a mixture of chromic acid and sulfuric acid), Collins's reagent (dipyridine Cr(VI) oxide, Corey's reagent (pyridinium chlorochromate), pyridinium dichromate, acid dichromate, potassium permanganate, MnO2, ruthenium tetroxide, phase transfer catalysts such as chromic acid or permanganate supported on a polymer, Cl2-pyridine, H2O2- ammonium molybdate, NaBrO2-CAN, NaOCl in HOAc, copper chromite, copper oxide, Raney nickel, palladium acetate, Meerwin-Pondorf-Verley reagent (aluminum t-butoxide with another ketone) and N-bromosuccinimide.
Then coupling of an organometallic carbon nucleophile, such as a Grignard reagent, an organolithium, lithium dialkylcopper or R -SiMe3 in TBAF with the ketone with the appropriate non-protic solvent at a suitable temperature, yields the 3 '-C-branched sugar. The 3 '-C-branched sugar can be optionally protected with a suitable protecting group, preferably with an acyl or silyl group, by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Greene et al. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991.
The optionally protected sugar can then be coupled to the BASE by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Townsend Chemistry of Nucleosides and Nucleotides, Plenum Press, 1994. For example, an acylated sugar can be coupled to a silylated base with a lewis acid, such as tin tetrachloride, titanium tetrachloride or trimethylsilyltriflate in the appropriate solvent at a suitable temperature. Alternatively, a halo-sugar can be coupled to a silylated base with the presence of trimethylsilyltriflate.
Subsequently, the nucleoside can be deprotected by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Greene et al. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991.
In a particular embodiment, the 3 '-C-branched ribonucleoside is desired. The synthesis of a ribonucleoside is shown in Scheme 5. Alternatively, deoxyribo-nucleoside is
desired. To obtain these nucleosides, the formed ribonucleoside can optionally be protected by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Greene et al. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991, and then the 2'- OH can be reduced with a suitable reducing agent. Optionally, the 2'-hydroxyl can be activated to facilitate reduction; i.e. via the Barton reduction.
Scheme 5
1) Coupling
2) Optional Deprotection
1) Optional Protection
2) Optional
Reduction tion
2. Modification of a pre-formed nucleoside
The key starting material for this process is an appropriately substituted nucleoside with a 3'-OH and 3'-H. The nucleoside can be purchased or can be prepared by any known means including standard coupling techniques. The nucleoside can be optionally protected with suitable protecting groups, preferably with acyl or silyl groups, by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Greene et al. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991.
The appropriately protected nucleoside can then be oxidized with the appropriate oxidizing agent in a compatible solvent at a suitable temperature to yield the 2 '-modified
sugar. Possible oxidizing agents are Jones reagent (a mixture of chromic acid and sulfuric acid), Collins 's reagent (dipyridine Cr(VI) oxide, Corey's reagent (pyridinium chlorochromate), pyridinium dichromate, acid dichromate, potassium permanganate, MnO2, ruthenium tetroxide, phase transfer catalysts such as chromic acid or permanganate supported on a polymer, Cl2-pyridine, H2O2-ammonium molybdate, NaBrO2-CAN, NaOCl in HOAc, copper chromite, copper oxide, Raney nickel, palladium acetate, Meerwin-Pondorf-Verley reagent (aluminum t-butoxide with another ketone) and 7V-bromosuccinimide.
Subsequently, the nucleoside can be deprotected by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Greene et al. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991.
In a particular embodiment, the 3 '-C-branched ribonucleoside is desired. The synthesis of a ribonucleoside is shown in Scheme 6. Alternatively, deoxyribo-nucleoside is desired. To obtain these nucleosides, the formed ribonucleoside can optionally be protected by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Greene et al. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991, and then the 2'- OH can be reduced with a suitable reducing agent. Optionally, the 2 '-hydroxyl can be activated to facilitate reduction; i.e. via the Barton reduction.
Scheme 6
Optional Deprotection
Optional Deprotection
hi another embodiment of the invention, the L-enantiomers are desired. Therefore, the L-enantiomers can be conesponding to the compounds of the invention can be prepared following the same foregoing general methods, beginning with the conesponding L-sugar or nucleoside L-enantiomer as starting material.
EXAMPLES
Example 1: Preparation of l'-C-methylriboadenine via 6-amino-9-(l-deoxy-β-D- psicofuranosvDpurine
The title compound could also be prepared according to a published procedure (J. Farkas, and F. Sonn, "Nucleic acid components and their analogues. XCIV. Synthesis of 6- amino-9-(l-deoxy-β-D-psicofuranosyl)purine" Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun. 1967, 32, 2663-2667; J. Farkas", Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun. 1966, 31, 1535) (Scheme 7).
Scheme 7
6-Benzamidopurine chloromercuri salt
In a similar manner, but using the appropriate sugar and pyrimidine or purine bases, the following nucleosides of Formula I are prepared.
(I) wherein:
Alternatively, the following nucleosides of Formula IN are prepared, using the appropriate sugar and pyrimidine or purine bases.
(TV) wherein:
Alternatively, the following nucleosides of Formula VII are prepared, using the appropriate sugar and pyrimidine or purine bases.
(Nil) wherein:
Alternatively, the following nucleosides of Fonnula NIII are prepared, using the appropriate sugar and pyrimidine or purine bases.
(NIII) wherein
Alternatively, the following nucleosides of Formula IX are prepared, using the appropriate sugar and pyrimidine or purine bases.
(IX) wherein:
Alternatively, the following nucleosides of Formula XVI are prepared, using the appropriate sugar and pyrimidine or purine bases.
(XVI) wherein:
Example 2: Preparation of 2'-C-methylriboadenine
The title compound was prepared according to a published procedure (R.E. Harry- O'kuru, J.M. Smith, and M.S. Wolfe, "A short, flexible route toward 2 '-C-branched ribonucleosides", J.Org. Chem. 1991, 62, 1754-1759) (Scheme 8).
Scheme 8
(a) Dess-Martin periodinane; (b) MeMgBr / TiCl4; (c) BzCl, DMAP, Et3N; (d) bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide, N6-benzoyl adenine, TMSOTf; (e) NH3 / MeOH
In a similar manner, but using the appropriate sugar and pyrimidine or purine bases, the following nucleosides of Formula II are prepared.
(II) wherein:
ill
Alternatively, the following nucleosides of Formula V are prepared, using the appropriate sugar and pyrimidine or purine bases.
(V) wherein:
Alternatively, the following nucleosides of Formula X are prepared, using the appropriate sugar and pyrimidine or purine bases.
(X) wherein:
Alternatively, the following nucleosides of Formula XI are prepared, using the appropriate sugar and pyrimidine or purine bases.
(XI) wherein:
Alternatively, the following nucleosides of Formula XII are prepared, using the appropriate sugar and pyrimidine or purine bases.
(XII) wherein:
Alternatively, the following nucleosides of Formula XVII are prepared, using the appropriate sugar and pyrimidine or purine bases.
(XVII)
wherein:
Example 3: Preparation of 3'-C-methylriboadenine
The title compound can be prepared according to a published procedure (R.F. Nutt, M. J. Dickinson, F.W. Holly, and E. Walton, "Branched-chain sugar nucleosides. in. 3 '-C- methyladenine ", J.Org. Chem. 1968, 33, 1789-1795) (Scheme 9).
Scheme 9
(a) RuO2 / NaIO4; (b) MeMgl / TiCl4; (c) HCl / MeOH / H2O; (d) BzCl / pyridine; (e) AcBr, HBr / AcOH; (f) chloromercuri-6-benzamidopurine; (g) NH3 / MeOH.
In a similar manner, but using the appropriate sugar and pyrimidine or purine bases, the following nucleosides of Formula III are prepared.
(III) wherein:
Alternatively, the following nucleosides of Formula VI are prepared, using the appropriate sugar and pyrimidine or purine bases.
(Ni) wherein:
Alternatively, the following nucleosides of Formula XIII are prepared, using the appropriate sugar and pyrimidine or purine bases.
(XIII) wherein:
Alternatively, the following nucleosides of Formula XIN are prepared, using the appropriate sugar and pyrimidine or purine bases.
(XIN) wherein:
Alternatively, the following nucleosides of Formula XV are prepared, using the appropriate sugar and pyrimidine or purine bases.
R°
(XN) wherein:
Alternatively, the following nucleosides of Formula XVIII are prepared, using the appropriate sugar and pyrimidine or purine bases.
(XVIII) wherein:
VII. Anti-Flavivirus or Pestivirus Activity
Compounds can exhibit anti-flavivirus or pestivirus activity by inhibiting flavivirus or pestivirus polymerase, by inhibiting other enzymes needed in the replication cycle, or by other pathways.
EXAMPLES
The test compounds were dissolved in DMSO at an initial concentration of 200 μM and then were serially diluted in culture medium.
Unless otherwise stated, baby hamster kidney (BHK-21) (ATCC CCL- 10) and Bos Taurus (BT) (ATCC CRL 1390) cells were grown at 37°C in a humidified CO2 (5%) atmosphere. BHK-21 cells were passaged in Eagle MEM additioned of 2 mM L-glutamine,
10% fetal bovine serum (FBS, Gibco) and Earle's BSS adjusted to contain 1.5 g/L sodium bicarbonate and 0.1 mM non-essential amino acids. BT cells were passaged in Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium with 4 mM L-glutamine and 10% horse serum (HS, Gibco), adjusted to contain 1.5 g/L sodium bicarbonate, 4.5 g/L glucose and 1.0 mM sodium pyruvate. The vaccine strain 17D (YFV-17D) (Stamaril®, Pasteur Merieux) and Bovine Viral Dianhea virus (BVDN) (ATCC NR-534) were used to infect BHK and BT cells, respectively, in 75 cm2 bottles. After a 3 day incubation period at 37°C, extensive cytopathic effect was observed. Cultures were freeze-thawed three times, cell debris were removed by centrifugation and the supernatant was aliquoted and stored at -70°C. YFN-17D and BVDV were titrated in BHK-21 and BT cells, respectively, that were grown to confluency in 24-well plates.
Example 4; Phosphorylation Assay of Nucleoside to Active Triphosphate
To determine the cellular metabolism of the compounds, HepG2 cells were obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (Rockville, MD), and were grown in 225 cm2 tissue culture flasks in minimal essential medium supplemented with non-essential amino acids, 1% penicillin-streptomycin. The medium was renewed every three days, and the cells were subcultured once a week. After detachment ofthe adherent monolayer with a 10 minute exposure to 30 mL of trypsin-EDTA and three consecutive washes with medium, confluent HepG2 cells were seeded at a density of 2.5 x 106 cells per well in a 6-well plate and exposed to 10 μM of [3H] labeled active compound (500 dpm/pmol) for the specified time periods. The cells were maintained at 37°C under a 5% CO2 atmosphere. At the selected time points, the cells were washed three times with ice-cold phosphate-buffered saline (PBS). Intracellular active compound and its respective metabolites were extracted by incubating the cell pellet overnight at -20°C with 60% methanol followed by extraction with an additional 20 μL of cold methanol for one hour in an ice bath. The extracts were then combined, dried under gentle filtered air flow and stored at -20°C until HPLC analysis. The preliminary results ofthe HPLC analysis are tabulated in Table 1.
Table 1
Example 5: Bioavailability Assay in Cynomolgus Monkeys
Within 1 week prior to the study initiation, the cynomolgus monkey was surgically implanted with a chronic venous catheter and subcutaneous venous access port (VAP) to facilitate blood collection and underwent a physical examination including hematology and serum chemistry evaluations and the body weight was recorded. Each monkey (six total), received approximately 250 uCi of 3H activity with each dose of active compound, namely β- D-2'-CH -riboG at a dose level of 10 mg/kg at a dose concentration of 5 mg/mL, either via an intravenous bolus (3 monkeys, IN), or via oral gavage (3 monkeys, PO). Each dosing syringe was weighed before dosing to gravimetrically detennine the quantity of formulation administered. Urine samples were collected via pan catch at the designated intervals (approximately 18-0 hours pre-dose, 0-4, 4-8 and 8-12 hours post-dosage) and processed. Blood samples were collected as well (pre-dose, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 6, 8, 12 and 24 hours post- dosage) via the chronic venous catheter and NAP or from a peripheral vessel if the chronic venous catheter procedure should not be possible. The blood and urine samples were analyzed for the maximum concentration (Cmax), time when the maximum concentration was achieved (Tmax), area under the curve (AUC), half life of the dosage concentration (T>/2), clearance (CL), steady state volume and distribution (Nss) and bioavailability (F), which are tabulated in Tables 2 and 3, and graphically illustrated in Figures 2 and 3, respectively.
Table 2: Oral Bioavailability in Monkeys
Table 3: Experimental Pharmacokinetics of β-D-2'-CH3-riboG in Cynomolgus Monkeys
Example 6: Bone Marrow Toxicity Assay
Human bone marrow cells were collected from normal healthy volunteers and the mononuclear population was separated by Ficoll-Hypaque gradient centrifugation as described previously by Sommadossi J-P, Carlisle R. "Toxicity of 3'-azido-3'- deoxythymidine and 9-(l,3-dihydroxy-2-propoxymethyl)guanine for nonnal human hematopoietic progenitor cells in vitro" Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy 1987; 31:452-454; and Sommadossi J-P, Schinazi RF, Chu CK, Xie M-Y. "Comparison of cytotoxicity of the (-)- and (+)-enantiomer of 2',3'-dideoxy-3'-thiacytidine in normal human bone manow progenitor cells" Biochemical Pharmacology 1992; 44:1921-1925. The culture assays for CFU-GM and BFU-E were performed using a bilayer soft agar or methylcellulose method. Drugs were diluted in tissue culture medium and filtered. After 14 to 18 days at 37°C in a humidified atmosphere of 5% CO2 in air, colonies of greater than 50 cells were counted using an inverted microscope. The results in Table 4 are presented as the percent inhibition of colony formation in the presence of drug compared to solvent control cultures.
Table 4: Human Bone Marrow Toxicity CFU-GM and BFU-E Clonogenic Assays
IC50 in μM
Treatment CFU-GM BFU-E ribavirin ~ 5 ~ 1 β-D-2'-CH3-riboA > 100 > 100 β-D-2'-CH3-riboU > 100 > 100 β-D-2'-CH3-riboC > 10 > 10 β-D-2'-CH3-riboG > 10 > 100
Example 7; Mitochondria Toxicity Assay
HepG2 cells were cultured in 12-well plates as described above and exposed to various concentrations of drugs as taught by Pan-Zhou X-R, Cui L, Zhou X-J, Sommadossi J- P, Darley-Usmer NM. "Differential effects of antiretroviral nucleoside analogs on mitochondrial function in HepG2 cells" Antimicrob Agents Chemother 2000; 44:496-503. Lactic acid levels in the culture medium after 4 day drug exposure was measured using a Boehringer lactic acid assay kit. Lactic acid levels were nonnalized by cell number as measured by hemocytometer count. The prehrmnary results from this assay are tabulated in Table 5.
Table 5: Mitochondrial Toxicity Study (L-lactic acid assay)
Example 8; Cytotoxicity Assay
Cells were seeded at a rate of between 5 x 103 and 5 x 104/well into 96-well plates in growth medium overnight at 37°C in a humidified CO2 (5%) atmosphere. New growth medium containing serial dilutions ofthe drugs was then added. After incubation for 4 days, cultures were fixed in 50% TCA and stained with sulforhodamineB. The optical density was read at 550 nm. The cytotoxic concentration was expressed as the concentration required to reduce the cell number by 50% (CC50). The data is tabulated in Table 6.
Table 6: MDBK versus Human Hepatoma
Example 9; Cell Protection Assay (CPA)
The assay was performed essentially as described by Baginski, S. G.; Pevear, D. C; Seipel, M.; Sun, S. C. C; Benetatos, C. A.; Chunduru, S. K.; Rice, C. M. and M. S. Collett "Mechanism of action of a pestivirus antiviral compound" PNAS USA 2000, 97(14), 7981- 7986. MDBK cells (ATCC) were seeded onto 96-well culture plates (4,000 cells per well) 24 hours before use. After infection with BVDV (strain NADL, ATCC) at a multiplicity of infection (MOI) of 0.02 plaque forming units (PFU) per cell, serial dilutions of test compounds were added to both infected and uninfected cells in a final concentration of 0.5% DMSO in growth medium. Each dilution was tested in quadruplicate. Cell densities and virus inocula were adjusted to ensure continuous cell growth throughout the experiment and to achieve more than 90% virus-induced cell destruction in the untreated controls after four days post-infection. After four days, plates were fixed with 50% TCA and stained with sulforhodamine B. The optical density ofthe wells was read in a microplate reader at 550 nm. The 50% effective concentration (EC50) values were defined as the compound concentration that achieved 50% reduction of cytopathic effect of the virus. The results are tabulated in Table 7. Figures 4 and 5 provide a graphical illustration of the methodology used to arrive
at the 50% effective concentration (EC50) values for β-D-2'-CH3-riboG and ribavirin. Figure 6 compares the results of the CPA for β-D-2'-CH3-riboG, β-D-2'-CH3-riboC, β-D-2'-CH3- riboU, β-D-2'-CH -riboA and ribavirin
Table 7: Cell Protection Assay
Example 10: Plaque Reduction Assay
For each compound the effective concentration was determined in duplicate 24-well plates by plaque reduction assays. Cell monolayers were infected with 100 PFU/well of virus. Then, serial dilutions of test compounds in MEM supplemented with 2% inactivated serum and 0.75% of methyl cellulose were added to the monolayers. Cultures were further incubated at 37°C for 3 days, then fixed with 50% ethanol and 0.8% Crystal Violet, washed and air-dried. Then plaques were counted to determine the concentration to obtain 90% virus suppression and tabulated in Table 8. Figure 7 is a graphical illustration ofthe results from the Plaque Reduction Assay. Figure 8 is an image of BVDV plaque formation in the presence of increasing concentrations of β-D-2'-CH3-riboU.
Table 8: Viral Suppression via Plaque Reduction Assay
Example 11: Yield Reduction Assay
For each compound the concentration to obtain a 6-log reduction in viral load was determined in duplicate 24-well plates by yield reduction assays. The assay was performed
as described by Baginski, S. G.; Pevear, D. C; Seipel, M.; Sun, S. C. C; Benetatos, C. A.; Chunduru, S. K.; Rice, C. M. and M. S. Collett "Mechanism of action of a pestivirus antiviral compound" PNAS USA 2000, 97(14), 7981-7986, with minor modifications. Briefly, MDBK cells were seeded onto 24-well plates (2 x 105 cells per well) 24 hours before infection with BVDV (NADL strain) at a multiplicity of infection (MOI) of 0.1 PFU per cell. Serial dilutions of test compounds were added to cells in a final concentration of 0.5% DMSO in growth medium. Each dilution was tested in triplicate. After three days, cell cultures (cell monolayers and supernatants) were lysed by three freeze-thaw cycles, and virus yield was quantified by plaque assay. Briefly, MDBK cells were seeded onto 6-well plates (5 x 105 cells per well) 24 h before use. Cells were inoculated with 0.2 mL of test lysates for 1 hour, washed and overlaid with 0.5% agarose in growth medium. After 3 days, cell monolayers were fixed with 3.5% formaldehyde and stained with 1% crystal violet (w/v in 50% ethanol) to visualize plaques. The plaques were counted to determine the concentration to obtain a 6- log reduction in viral load as tabulated in Table 9. Figure 9 is a graphical illustration ofthe results from the Yield Reduction Assay. Figure 8 is an image of BVDV yield reduction in the presence of increasing concentrations of β-D-2'-CH3-riboC.
Table 9: Concentration to Obtain 6-log Reduction
Cone, for 6-log Reduction (μM) β-D-2'-CH3-riboU 120 β-D-2'-CH3-riboG 20 β-D-2'-CH3-riboC 20 β-D-2'-CH3-riboA 9
Example 12: Comparative Cytotoxicity
Table 10 summarizes the cytoxicity of two compounds of this invention, β-D-l'-CH3- riboA and β-D-2'-CH -riboA, in comparison to RBV ("ribavirin"), in various cell systems.
Table 10: Comparative Cytotoxicity* (CC50)
* Compound concentration (μM) required to reduce the viability of cells by 50%.
The chemical structures for β-D-F-CH3-riboA and β-D-2'-CH3-riboA are as follows:
β-D-l'-CH3-riboA β-D-2'-CH3-riboA
Table 11 summarizes the antiviral activity of β-D-l'-CH3-riboA and β-D-2'-CH3- riboA against several viruses within the flavivirus and pestivirus genuses.
Table 11: Comparative Antiviral Activity* (EC50)
* Compound concentration (μM) required to reduce the plaque number by 50%. The following virus-cell system were used: BNDC-BT, YFN-BHK, PICO (Cosxackie Bl and Polio SabinVVSV - Vero.
Table 12 summarizes the antiviral activity and toxicity of β-D-2'-methyl-riboG, β-D- 2'-methyl-riboC and β-D-2'-methyl-riboU, against a couple of viruses within the flavivirus and pestivirus genuses.
Table 12: Comparative Antiviral Activity* (EC50)
BVDV YFV
EC50* CC50** EC50* CC50** β-D-2'-CH3-riboG 2 >100 1.2 20 β-D-2'-CH3-riboC 3.7 >100 70 >100 β-D-2'-CH3-riboU 20 >100 33 >100
* Compound concentration (μM) required to reduce the plaque number by 50%. The following virus-cell system were used: BVDC-BT and YFV-BHK.
* Compound concentration (μM) required to reduce the viability of cells by 50%.
The chemical structures for β-D-2'-CH3-riboG, β-D-2'-CH3-riboC and β-D-2'-CH3- riboU are as follows:
β-D-2'-CH3-riboG β-D-2'-CH3-riboC β-D-2'-CH3-riboU
Table 13 summarizes the anti-viral activity of several compounds of this invention against BVDV in three different assays.
Table 13: for BVDV
This invention has been described with reference to its prefened embodiments. Variations and modifications ofthe invention, will be obvious to those skilled in the art from the foregoing detailed description ofthe invention.
Claims (1)
- We Claim:1. A compound of Formula I:(I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:R1, R2 and R3 are independently H, phosphate (including mono-, di- or triphosphate and a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).2. A compound of Formula II:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl(including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate; andY is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).3. A compound of Formula III:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:1 "R , R and R are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; andY is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).4. A compound of Formula IV:(IN) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:R1, R2 and R3 are independently H, phosphate (including mono-, di- or triphosphate and a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable1 T of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate;Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, ΝR4R5 or SR4;X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl,CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).5. A compound of Formula N:(V) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is1 ^ capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate; andY is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, ΝR4R5 or SR4;X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl,CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).6. A compound of Formula NI:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharaiaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is1 9 • capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are mdependently H or phosphate; andY is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl,CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).7. A compound selected from Formulas Nil, NIII and IX:(VII) (NIII) (IX) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate;R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,Br-vinyl, 2-Br-ethyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl),-O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), CF3> chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; andX is O, S, SO2, or CH2.8. A compound of Formulas X, XI and XII:(X) (XI) (XII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate;R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), - NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;R7 is hydrogen, OR3, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH2, - NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; and X is O, S, S02 or CH2.9. A compound selected from Formulas XIII, XIV and XV:(XIII) (XIN) (XN) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is• 1 9 " capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate;R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, ΝO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; andX is O, S, SO2 or CH2.10. A compound of Formula XVI:(XVI) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is1 9 capable of providing a compound wherein R and R are mdependently H or phosphate;R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl),-O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2,NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;R8 and R10 are independently H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine, or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, R7 and R10, R8 and R9, or R8 and R10 can come together to form a bond; andX is O, S, SO2 or CH2.11. A compound of Formula XVII:(xvπ) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is1 9 capable of providing a compound wherein R and R are independently H or phosphate; R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), - NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; R10 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine, or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R7 and R10 can come together to form a bond; and X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.12. A compound of Formula XVIII:(XVIII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is1 capable of providing a compound wherein R and R are independently H or phosphate;R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino;R is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R8 and R9 can come together to form a bond; andX is O, S, SO2 or CH2.13. A compound ofthe structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.14. A compound ofthe structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.15. A compound ofthe structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.16. A compound ofthe structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.17. A compound ofthe structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.18. A compound ofthe structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.19. A compound ofthe structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.20. A compound ofthe structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.21. A compound ofthe structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.22. A compound ofthe structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.23. A compound ofthe structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.24. A compound ofthe structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.25. The compound as described in any of the preceding claims 1-24, wherein the said compound is in the form of a dosage unit.26. The compound as described in claim 187, wherein the dosage unit contains 10 to 1500 mg of said compound.27. The compound as described in claim 187 or 188, wherein said dosage unit is a tablet or capsule.28. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula I:(I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent, wherein:R1, R2 and R3 are independently H, phosphate (including mono-, di- or triphosphate and a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are mdependently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).29. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula II:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent, wherein:R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl(including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; andY is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).30. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula III:(III) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent, wherein:R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R , R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; and Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;1 9X and X are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).31. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula IN:(IN) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent, wherein:R1, R2 and R3 are independently H, phosphate (including mono-, di- or triphosphate and a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, ΝR4R5 or SR4; X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl,CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).32. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula V:(N) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent, wherein:R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl(including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; andY is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl,CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).33. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula NI:(NI) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent, wherein:R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; andY is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, ΝR4R5 or SR4;X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).34. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formulas VII, VIII or IX:(VH) (VIII) (IX) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;1 9 ^R , R and R are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate;R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, 2-Br-ethyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), CF3; chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; and X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.35. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula X, XI or XII:(X) (XI) (XII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl(including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R , R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate;R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;R7 is hydrogen, OR3, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl),-O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; andX is O, S, SO2 or CH2.36. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula XIII, XIV or XV:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent, wherein:Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;1 9 ^R , R and R are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is1 "3 capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate;R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; andX is O, S, SO2 or CH2.37. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula XVI:(XVI) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is1 9 capable of providing a compound wherein R and R are independently H or phosphate; R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl),-O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2,NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2 or -N(acyl)2;R8 and R10 are independently H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, R7 and R10, R8 and R9, or R8 and R10 can come together to form a bond; andX is O, S, SO2 or CH2.38. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula XVII:(XVII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 and R2 are independently H or phosphate; R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(0)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl),-O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2,NH , -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;R10 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R7 and R10 can come together to form a bond; andX is O, S, SO2 or CH2.39. A phannaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula XVIII:(XVIII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;1 9R and R are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when admimstered in vivo is ι 9 capable of providing a compound wherein R and R are independently H or phosphate; R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), - NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl) amino;R8 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R and R9 can come together to form a bond; andX is O, S, SO2 or CH2.40. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.41. A pharmaceutical composition for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.42. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.43. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.44. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.45. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.46. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.47. A pharmaceutical composition for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of stmcture:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.48. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.49. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.50. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.51. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.52. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula I:(I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein:R1, R2 and R3 are independently H, phosphate (including mono-, di- or triphosphate and a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4; X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).53. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula II:(II) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein:R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl(including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; andY is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).4. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula III:(ni) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein:R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; and Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;1 9X and X are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).5. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula IN:(IN) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein:R1, R2 and R3 are independently H, phosphate (including mono-, di- or triphosphate and a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, ΝR4R5 or SR4; X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).6. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula N:(V) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein:R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; andY is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, ΝR4R5 or SR4;X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).57. A phannaceutical composition for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula VI:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein:R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl(including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; andY is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl,CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).58. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula VII, VIII or IX:(VTJ) (VIII) (IX) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is1 9 ^ capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate;R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,Br-vinyl, 2-Br-ethyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl),-O(alkyl), -0(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), CF3) chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; andX is O, S, SO2, or CH2.59. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula X, XI or XII:(X) (XI) (XII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is1 9 " capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate;R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;R7 is hydrogen, OR3, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl),-O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; andX is O, S, SO2, or CH2.60. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Fonnula XIII, XIN or XV:(XIII) (XIV) (XV) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate;R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), - NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl) , -N(acyl)2; and X is O, S, SO2 or CH2. 61. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula XVI:(XVI) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 and R2 are independently H or phosphate; R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO , NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl),-O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2,NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;R8 and R10 are independently H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine, or iodine;*7 0 7 IΠ R Q R I D alternatively, R and R , R and R , R and R , or R and R can come together to form a bond; andX is O, S, SO2, or CH2.62. A phannaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula XVII:(XVII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;1 9R and R are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 and R2 are independently H or phosphate; R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), - NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; R10 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R7 and R10 can come together to form a bond; and X is O, S, SO2 or CH2. 63. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula XVIII:(XVIII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 and R2 are independently H or phosphate; R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), - NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl) amino;R8 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R8 and R9 can come together to form a bond; andX is O, S, SO2 or CH2.64. A pharmaceutical composition for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents.65. A pharmaceutical composition for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents.66. A phannaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents.67. A pharmaceutical composition for the freahnent or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents.68. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents.69. A pharmaceutical composition for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents.70. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents.71. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents.72. A phannaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents.73. A pharmaceutical composition for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents.74. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents.75. A pharmaceutical composition for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents.76. The pharmaceutical composition as described in any of the preceding claims 28-75, wherein the said compound is in the form of a dosage unit.77. The pharmaceutical composition as described in claim 76, wherein the dosage unit contains 10 to 1500 mg of said compound.78. The pharmaceutical composition as described in claim 75 or 76, wherein said dosage unit is a tablet or capsule.79. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula I:(I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:R1, R2 and R3 are independently H, phosphate (including mono-, di- or triphosphate and a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable1 9 ^ ■ of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate;Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;X and X are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).80. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula II:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate; and Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).81. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula III:(III) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:R , R and R are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; andY is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).82. A method for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula IN:(IN) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:R1, R2 and R3 are independently H, phosphate (including mono-, di- or triphosphate and a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, ΝR4R5 or SR4; X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).83. A method for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula N:(V) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is• 1 9 ^ capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate; andY is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, ΝR R5 or SR ;X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl,CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, ΝR4ΝR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).84. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula VI:(Ni) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate; andY is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, ΝR4R5 or SR4;X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl,CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).85. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula NIL NIII or IX:(Nil) (NIII) (IX) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R , R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate;R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, 2-Br-ethyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), CF3j chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, ΝO2, NH2, - NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; and X is O, S, SO2, or CH2.86. A method for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula X, XI or XII:(X) (XI) (XII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate;R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), - NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;R7 is hydrogen, OR3, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH , - NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; and X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.87. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Fonnula XIII, XIN or XV:(XIII) (XIN) (XN) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R , R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate;R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), - NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; and X is O, S, S02 or CH2.88. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula XNI:(xvi) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 and R2 are independently H or phosphate; R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, ΝO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), - NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl) , -N(acyl)2; R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl),-O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2,NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;R8 and R10 are independently H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, R7 and R10, R8 and R9, or R8 and R10 can come together to form a bond; andX is O, S, SO2 or CH2.89. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula XVII:(XVII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 and R2 are independently H or phosphate; R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), - NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl) , -N(acyl)2; R10 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; i o i in alternatively, R and R , or R and R can come together to form a bond; and X is O, S, S02 or CH2.90. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula XVIII:(XVIII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is1 9 capable of providing a compound wherein R and R are independently H or phosphate; R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), - NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;1 9R and R are independently hydrogen, OR , alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino; R8 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R8 and R9 can come together to form a bond; and X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.91. A method for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising admimstering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.92. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.93. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.94. A method for the freahnent or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.95. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.96. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.97. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.98. A method for the freahnent or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.99. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.100. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.101. A method for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.102. A method for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula I:(I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein:R1, R2 and R3 are independently H, phosphate (including mono-, di- or triphosphate and a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;1 9X and X are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula II:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein:R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is• 1 9 " capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate; andY is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula III:(III) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein:R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is1 9 ^ capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate; andY is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula IN:(TV) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein:R1, R2 and R3 are independently H, phosphate (including mono-, di- or triphosphate and a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable1 9 " of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate;Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, ΝR4R5 or SR4;X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl,CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).. A method for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula V:(V) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein:R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate; andY is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).108. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula VI:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein:R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is1 9 ^ ■ capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate; andY is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl,CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).109. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula VII, VIII or IX:(VII) (VIII) (IX) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharaiaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R are independently H or phosphate;R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, 2-Br-ethyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), CF3; chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, - NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; and X is O, S, SO2, or CH2. . A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising admimstering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula X, XI or XII:(X) (XI) (xπ) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is1 9 "\ capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate;R is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl) ;R7 is hydrogen, OR3, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl),-O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; andX is O, S, SO2 or CH2.111. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula XIII, XIV or XV:(XIII) (XIV) (XV) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;1 9 ^ •R , R and R are mdependently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is1 9 " capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate;R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; andX is O, S, SO2 or CH2.112. A method for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula XVI:(XVI) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 and R2 are independently H or phosphate; R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl),-O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2,NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;R8 and R10 are independently H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, R7 and R10, R8 and R9, or R8 and R10 can come together to form a bond; andX is O, S, S02 or CH2. . A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula XVII:(XVII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is1 9 capable of providing a compound wherein R and R are independently H or phosphate; R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), - NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; R10 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R7 and R10 can come together to form a bond; and X is O, S, SO2 or CH2. . A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula XVIII:(XVIII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 and R2 are independently H or phosphate; R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl) , -N(acyl)2;R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino;R8 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R8 and R9 can come together to form a bond; andX is O, S, S02 or CH2.115. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more antivirally effective agents.116. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more antivirally effective agents.117. A method for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more antivirally effective agents.118. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more antivirally effective agents.119. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more antivirally effective agents.120. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more antivirally effective agents.121. A method for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more antivirally effective agents.122. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more antivirally effective agents.123. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more antivirally effective agents.124. A method for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more antivirally effective agents.125. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more antivirally effective agents.126. A method for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more antivirally effective agents.127. Method of treatment as described in any ofthe preceding claims 79-126, wherein the said compound is in the form of a dosage unit.128. Method of treatment as described in claim 127, wherein the dosage unit contains 10 to 1500 mg of said compound.129. Method of treatment as described in claim 127 or 128, wherein said dosage unit is a tablet or capsule.130. A use of a compound of Fonnula I:(I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein:R1, R2 and R3 are independently H, phosphate (including mono-, di- or triphosphate and a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R are independently H or phosphate; Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl). . A use of a compound of Formula II:(II) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein:R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl(including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; andY is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR , NR4R5 or SR ; X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl). . A use of a compound of Formula III:(III) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the freatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein:R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is1 9 ^ capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate; andY is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).133. A use of a compound of Formula IN:(IN) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein:R1, R2 and R3 are independently H, phosphate (including mono-, di- or triphosphate and a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower allcyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate;Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, ΝR4R5 or SR4;X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl,CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).134. A use of a compound of Formula V:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein:R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is1 9 ^ capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate; andY is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl,CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).135. A use of a compound of Formula VI:(NI) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein:R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; andY is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl,CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl). . A use of a compound selected from Fonnulas VII, VIII and IX:(VII) (VIII) (DC) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R are independently H or phosphate;R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, 2-Br-ethyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), CF3> chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, - NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl) , -N(acyl)2; and X is O, S, SO2, or CH2. . A use of a compound of Formulas X, XI and XII:(X) (XI) (XII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is1 9 " capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate;R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;R is hydrogen, OR , hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl),-O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; andX is O, S, SO2 or CH2.138. A use of a compound selected from Formulas XIII, XIV and XV:(XIII) (XIN) (XN) or a pharaiaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R are independently H or phosphate;R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, ΝO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), - NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; and X is O, S, S02 or CH2.139. A use of a compound of Formula XNI:(XNI) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the freatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl(including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 and R2 are independently H or phosphate;R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl),-O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO ,NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;R8 and R10 are independently H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine, or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, R7 and R10, R8 and R9, or R8 and R10 can come together to form a bond; andX is O, S, SO2 or CH2. . A use of a compound of Formula XVII:(XVII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the freatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is1 9 capable of providing a compound wherein R and R are independently H or phosphate; R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO , NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), - NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; R10 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine, or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R7 and R10 can come together to form a bond; and X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.141. A use of a compound of Formula XNIII:(XNIII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R and R are independently H or phosphate;Rδ is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,Br-vinyl, -C(0)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino;R8 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R8 and R9 can come together to form a bond; andX is O, S, SO2 or CH2.142. A use of a compound ofthe structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.143. A use of a compound ofthe structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.144. A use of a compound ofthe structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.145. A use of a compound of the structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.146. A use of a compound ofthe structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.147. A use of a compound ofthe structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.148. A use of a compound ofthe structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.149. A use of a compound ofthe structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the freatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.150. A use of a compound of the structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the freatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.151. A use of a compound of the structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.152. A use of a compound of the structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.153. A use of a compound ofthe structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.154. A use of a compound of Formula I:(I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein: R1, R2 and R3 are mdependently H, phosphate (including mono-, di- or triphosphate and a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when admimstered in vivo is capable1 9 ' • of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate; Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4; X and X are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl). . A use of a compound of Formula II:(II) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein: R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are is independently H or phosphate; andY is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).. A use of a compound of Formula III:(III) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the freatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein: R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is1 9 " capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate; andY is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).157. A use of a compound of Formula IN:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein: R1, R2 and R3 are independently H, phosphate (including mono-, di- or triphosphate and a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, ΝR4R5 or SR4; X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).158. A use of a compound of Formula V:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein: R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is1 *\ capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate; andY is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl,CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).159. A use of a compound of Formula VI:(VI) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the freatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein: R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; andY is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl,CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; andR4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl). . A use of a compound selected from Formulas VII, VIII and IX:(VII) (VIII) (IX) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituex ts as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherei •n R 1 , R 9 and R ^ are independently H or phosphate;R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,Br-vinyl, 2-Br-ethyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl),-O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), CF3; chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; andX is O, S, SO2, or CH2.. A use of a compound of Formulas X, XI and XII:(X) (XI) (XII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other phannaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is1 9 ' capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate;R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;R7 is hydrogen, OR3, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl),-O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; andX is O, S, SO2 or CH2.162. A use of a compound selected from Formulas XIII, XIV and XV(XIII) (XIN) (XN) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is1 ^ capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate;R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, ΝO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; andX is O, S, SO2 or CH2.163. A use of a compound of Formula XNI:(XNI) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the freahnent or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl(including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 and R2 are independently H or phosphate;R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,Br-vinyl, -C(0)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl),-O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2,NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;R8 and R10 are independently H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, R7 and R10, R8 and R9, or R8 and R10 can come together to form a bond; andX is O, S, SO2 or CH2.164. A use of a compound of Formula XVII:(XVII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R and R are independently H or phosphate; R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), - NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH , -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl) , -N(acyl)2; R10 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine, or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R7 and R10 can come together to form a bond; and X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.. A use of a compound of Formula XVIII:(XVIII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharaiaceutically acceptable leaving group which when admimstered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 and R2 are independently H or phosphate;R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl) amino;R8 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R8 and R9 can come together to form a bond; andX is O, S, SO2 or CH2.166. A use of a compound ofthe structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.167. A use of a compound of the structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.168. A use of a compound ofthe structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.169. A use of a compound of the structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.170. A use of a compound of the structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the freatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.171. A use of a compound of the structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.172. A use of a compound ofthe structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.173. A use of a compound ofthe structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.174. A use of a compound of the structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.175. A use of a compound of the structure:or a phannaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.176. A use of a compound of the structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.177. A use of a compound ofthe structure:or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the freatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.178. Use of the compound as described in any of the preceding claims 130-177, wherein the said compound is in the form of a dosage unit.179. Use of the compound of claim 101, wherein the dosage unit contains 178 to 1500 mg of said compound.180. Use of the compound of claim 178 or 179, wherein said dosage unit is a tablet or capsule.
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US20767400P | 2000-05-26 | 2000-05-26 | |
US60207674 | 2000-05-26 | ||
US28327601P | 2001-04-11 | 2001-04-11 | |
US60283276 | 2001-04-11 | ||
PCT/US2001/016687 WO2001092282A2 (en) | 2000-05-26 | 2001-05-23 | Methods and compositions for treating flaviviruses and pestiviruses |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
AU2001272923A1 true AU2001272923A1 (en) | 2001-12-11 |
Family
ID=26902464
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
AU2001272923A Abandoned AU2001272923A1 (en) | 2000-05-26 | 2001-05-23 | Methods and compositions for treating flaviviruses and pestiviruses |
AU2007202602A Abandoned AU2007202602A1 (en) | 2000-05-26 | 2007-06-07 | Methods and compositions for treating flaviviruses and pestiviruses |
Family Applications After (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
AU2007202602A Abandoned AU2007202602A1 (en) | 2000-05-26 | 2007-06-07 | Methods and compositions for treating flaviviruses and pestiviruses |
Country Status (24)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (9) | US6812219B2 (en) |
EP (2) | EP1294735A2 (en) |
JP (2) | JP5230052B2 (en) |
KR (2) | KR20030036189A (en) |
CN (2) | CN1315862C (en) |
AP (2) | AP2006003708A0 (en) |
AR (1) | AR032883A1 (en) |
AU (2) | AU2001272923A1 (en) |
BR (1) | BR0111196A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2410579C (en) |
CZ (1) | CZ301182B6 (en) |
EA (2) | EA007867B1 (en) |
IL (1) | IL153020A0 (en) |
MA (1) | MA26916A1 (en) |
MX (1) | MXPA02011691A (en) |
NO (1) | NO327249B1 (en) |
NZ (2) | NZ547204A (en) |
OA (1) | OA12382A (en) |
PE (1) | PE20020051A1 (en) |
PL (1) | PL359169A1 (en) |
TW (1) | TW200425898A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2001092282A2 (en) |
YU (1) | YU92202A (en) |
ZA (2) | ZA200210112B (en) |
Families Citing this family (230)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6444652B1 (en) * | 1998-08-10 | 2002-09-03 | Novirio Pharmaceuticals Limited | β-L-2'-deoxy-nucleosides for the treatment of hepatitis B |
MXPA01001507A (en) * | 1998-08-10 | 2003-09-10 | Novirio Pharmaceuticals Ltd | beta-L-2'-DEOXY-NUCLEOSIDES FOR THE TREATMENT OF HEPATITIS B. |
WO2001067772A2 (en) * | 2000-03-09 | 2001-09-13 | Videoshare, Inc. | Sharing a streaming video |
MY164523A (en) * | 2000-05-23 | 2017-12-29 | Univ Degli Studi Cagliari | Methods and compositions for treating hepatitis c virus |
CN1315862C (en) * | 2000-05-26 | 2007-05-16 | 艾登尼科斯(开曼)有限公司 | Methods and compositions for treating flaviviruses and pestiviruses |
CA2426187C (en) * | 2000-10-18 | 2011-08-16 | Pharmasset Limited | Modified nucleosides for the treatment of viral infections and abnormal cellular proliferation |
US7105499B2 (en) | 2001-01-22 | 2006-09-12 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of RNA-dependent RNA viral polymerase |
SK286630B6 (en) | 2001-01-22 | 2009-02-05 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of RNA-dependent RNA viral polymerase, pharmaceutical composition containing said compounds and the use thereof |
US8481712B2 (en) | 2001-01-22 | 2013-07-09 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of RNA-dependent RNA viral polymerase |
GB0114286D0 (en) * | 2001-06-12 | 2001-08-01 | Hoffmann La Roche | Nucleoside Derivatives |
US6949522B2 (en) | 2001-06-22 | 2005-09-27 | Pharmasset, Inc. | β-2′- or 3′-halonucleosides |
JP2005536440A (en) * | 2001-09-28 | 2005-12-02 | イデニクス(ケイマン)リミテツド | Methods and compositions for the treatment of flaviviruses and pestiviruses using nucleosides modified at the 4 'position |
AU2002353164A1 (en) * | 2001-12-17 | 2003-06-30 | Ribapharm Inc. | Unusual nucleoside libraries, compounds, and preferred uses as antiviral and anticancer agents |
US7217815B2 (en) | 2002-01-17 | 2007-05-15 | Valeant Pharmaceuticals North America | 2-beta -modified-6-substituted adenosine analogs and their use as antiviral agents |
WO2003062256A1 (en) * | 2002-01-17 | 2003-07-31 | Ribapharm Inc. | 2'-beta-modified-6-substituted adenosine analogs and their use as antiviral agents |
WO2003062255A2 (en) * | 2002-01-17 | 2003-07-31 | Ribapharm Inc. | Sugar modified nucleosides as viral replication inhibitors |
CA2474563C (en) | 2002-02-13 | 2010-11-09 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Methods of inhibiting orthopoxvirus replication with nucleoside compounds |
US7247621B2 (en) * | 2002-04-30 | 2007-07-24 | Valeant Research & Development | Antiviral phosphonate compounds and methods therefor |
RU2004135392A (en) * | 2002-05-06 | 2005-06-27 | Дженелэбс Текнолоджиз, Инк. (Us) | NUCLEOSIDE DERIVATIVES FOR TREATING INFECTIONS CAUSED BY HEPATITIS C VIRUS |
EP1572945A2 (en) * | 2002-06-27 | 2005-09-14 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of rna-dependent rna viral polymerase |
US7608600B2 (en) * | 2002-06-28 | 2009-10-27 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modified 2′ and 3′-nucleoside prodrugs for treating Flaviviridae infections |
CN1678326A (en) * | 2002-06-28 | 2005-10-05 | 埃迪尼克斯(开曼)有限公司 | 2'-C-methyl-3'-O-L-valine ester ribofuranosyl cytidine for treatment of flaviviridae infections |
PL374792A1 (en) * | 2002-06-28 | 2005-10-31 | Idenix (Cayman) Limited | 2' and 3'-nucleoside prodrugs for treating flaviviridae infections |
NZ537662A (en) * | 2002-06-28 | 2007-10-26 | Idenix Cayman Ltd | 2'-C-methyl-3'-O-L-valine ester ribofuranosyl cytidine for treatment of flaviviridae infections |
TW200500374A (en) * | 2002-06-28 | 2005-01-01 | Idenlx Cayman Ltd | 2' and 3' -nucleoside produrgs for treating flavivridae infections |
CA2490666A1 (en) * | 2002-07-16 | 2004-01-22 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of rna-dependent rna viral polymerase |
AU2003256619A1 (en) * | 2002-07-24 | 2004-02-09 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Pyrrolopyrimidine thionucleoside analogs as antivirals |
US20040067877A1 (en) | 2002-08-01 | 2004-04-08 | Schinazi Raymond F. | 2', 3'-Dideoxynucleoside analogues for the treatment or prevention of Flaviviridae infections |
MXPA05001298A (en) * | 2002-08-01 | 2005-11-04 | Pharmasset Inc | Compounds with the bicyclo[4.2.1]nonane system for the treatment of flaviviridae. |
BR0315806A (en) * | 2002-10-31 | 2005-09-13 | Metabasis Therapeutics Inc | Phosphate cyclic diesters of 1,3-propane-1-aryl dios and their use in prodrug preparation |
CA2506129C (en) | 2002-11-15 | 2015-02-17 | Idenix (Cayman) Limited | 2'-branched nucleosides and flaviviridae mutation |
US7034167B2 (en) | 2002-12-06 | 2006-04-25 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Process to ribofuranose sugar derivatives as intermediates to branched-chain nucleosides |
EP2319853B1 (en) * | 2002-12-12 | 2014-03-12 | IDENIX Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Process for the production of 2'-branched nucleosides |
KR20050110611A (en) * | 2002-12-23 | 2005-11-23 | 이데닉스 (케이만) 리미티드 | Process for the production of 3'-nucleoside prodrugs |
AR043006A1 (en) | 2003-02-12 | 2005-07-13 | Merck & Co Inc | PROCESS TO PREPARE RAMIFIED RIBONUCLEOSIDS |
MXPA05010419A (en) * | 2003-03-28 | 2006-05-31 | Pharmasset Inc | Compounds for the treatment of flaviviridae infections. |
US20040259934A1 (en) * | 2003-05-01 | 2004-12-23 | Olsen David B. | Inhibiting Coronaviridae viral replication and treating Coronaviridae viral infection with nucleoside compounds |
SI2604620T1 (en) * | 2003-05-30 | 2016-10-28 | Gilead Pharmasset LLC c/o Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Modified fluorinated nucleoside analogues |
ES2351603T3 (en) * | 2003-07-25 | 2011-02-08 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | PURINE NUCLEOSID ANALOGS FOR THE TREATMENT OF DISEASES CAUSED BY FLAVIRIDAE INCLUDING HEPATITIS C. |
WO2005018330A1 (en) * | 2003-08-18 | 2005-03-03 | Pharmasset, Inc. | Dosing regimen for flaviviridae therapy |
CN1863813B (en) | 2003-08-27 | 2011-03-30 | 生物区科学管理控股有限公司 | Novel tricyclic nucleosides or nucleotides as therapeutic agents |
GB0500020D0 (en) | 2005-01-04 | 2005-02-09 | Novartis Ag | Organic compounds |
US20050182252A1 (en) * | 2004-02-13 | 2005-08-18 | Reddy K. R. | Novel 2'-C-methyl nucleoside derivatives |
EP1758453B1 (en) | 2004-06-15 | 2014-07-16 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | C-purine nucleoside analogs as inhibitors of rna-dependent rna viral polymerase |
CA2571675A1 (en) * | 2004-06-23 | 2006-01-05 | Idenix (Cayman) Limited | 5-aza-7-deazapurine derivatives for treating infections with flaviviridae |
US20070265222A1 (en) * | 2004-06-24 | 2007-11-15 | Maccoss Malcolm | Nucleoside Aryl Phosphoramidates for the Treatment of Rna-Dependent Rna Viral Infection |
CN101023094B (en) * | 2004-07-21 | 2011-05-18 | 法莫赛特股份有限公司 | Preparation of alkyl-substituted 2-deoxy-2-fluoro-d-ribofuranosyl pyrimidines and purines and their derivatives |
EP3109244B1 (en) | 2004-09-14 | 2019-03-06 | Gilead Pharmasset LLC | Preparation of 2'fluoro-2'-alkyl-substituted or other optionally substituted ribofuranosyl pyrimidines and purines and their derivatives |
US7524831B2 (en) | 2005-03-02 | 2009-04-28 | Schering Corporation | Treatments for Flaviviridae virus infection |
CA2600886A1 (en) | 2005-03-08 | 2006-09-14 | Biota Scientific Management Pty Ltd. | Bicyclic nucleosides and nucleotides as therapeutic agents |
US20090156545A1 (en) * | 2005-04-01 | 2009-06-18 | Hostetler Karl Y | Substituted Phosphate Esters of Nucleoside Phosphonates |
JP4705164B2 (en) | 2005-05-02 | 2011-06-22 | メルク・シャープ・エンド・ドーム・コーポレイション | HCV NS3 protease inhibitor |
ATE524183T1 (en) | 2005-06-17 | 2011-09-15 | Novartis Ag | USE OF SANGLIFEHRIN IN HCV THERAPY |
TWI387603B (en) | 2005-07-20 | 2013-03-01 | Merck Sharp & Dohme | Hcv ns3 protease inhibitors |
EP1913016B1 (en) | 2005-08-01 | 2013-01-16 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | Macrocyclic peptides as hcv ns3 protease inhibitors |
AR056191A1 (en) * | 2005-08-23 | 2007-09-26 | Idenix Phatmaceuticals Inc | RING OF NUCLEOSIDS OF SEVEN MEMBERS AS INHIBITORS OF THE VIRAL REPLICA, METHODS FOR THEIR SYNTHESIS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM AND THEIR USE IN THE TREATMENT OF VIRUS INFECTION OF THE FLAVIVIRIDAE FAMILY |
WO2007044468A2 (en) * | 2005-10-05 | 2007-04-19 | The Cbr Institute For Biomedical Research, Inc. | Method to treat flavivirus infection with sirna |
EP1957510A1 (en) | 2005-12-09 | 2008-08-20 | F.Hoffmann-La Roche Ag | Antiviral nucleosides |
CA2634749C (en) * | 2005-12-23 | 2014-08-19 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Process for preparing a synthetic intermediate for preparation of branched nucleosides |
US8895531B2 (en) | 2006-03-23 | 2014-11-25 | Rfs Pharma Llc | 2′-fluoronucleoside phosphonates as antiviral agents |
EP2004634A1 (en) | 2006-04-04 | 2008-12-24 | F.Hoffmann-La Roche Ag | 3',5'-di-o-acylated nucleosides for hcv treatment |
MX2008013119A (en) | 2006-04-11 | 2008-10-21 | Novartis Ag | Hcv/hiv inhibitors an their uses. |
GB0609492D0 (en) | 2006-05-15 | 2006-06-21 | Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio | Therapeutic agents |
US8058260B2 (en) * | 2006-05-22 | 2011-11-15 | Xenoport, Inc. | 2′-C-methyl-ribofuranosyl cytidine prodrugs, pharmaceutical compositions and uses thereof |
GB0612423D0 (en) | 2006-06-23 | 2006-08-02 | Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio | Therapeutic agents |
CA2666098C (en) | 2006-10-10 | 2012-09-25 | Steven D. Axt | Preparation of nucleosides ribofuranosyl pyrimidines |
EA018935B1 (en) | 2006-10-10 | 2013-11-29 | Медивир Аб | Hcv nucleoside inhibitor |
WO2008051477A2 (en) | 2006-10-24 | 2008-05-02 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Hcv ns3 protease inhibitors |
CA2667266C (en) | 2006-10-24 | 2015-11-24 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Hcv ns3 protease inhibitors |
EP2079479B1 (en) | 2006-10-24 | 2014-11-26 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | Hcv ns3 protease inhibitors |
AU2007318165B2 (en) | 2006-10-27 | 2011-11-17 | Msd Italia S.R.L. | HCV NS3 protease inhibitors |
WO2008057208A2 (en) | 2006-10-27 | 2008-05-15 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Hcv ns3 protease inhibitors |
KR101165936B1 (en) | 2006-11-09 | 2012-07-19 | 에프. 호프만-라 로슈 아게 | Thiazole and oxazole-substituted arylamides |
GB0623493D0 (en) | 2006-11-24 | 2007-01-03 | Univ Cardiff | Chemical compounds |
US7897737B2 (en) | 2006-12-05 | 2011-03-01 | Lasergen, Inc. | 3′-OH unblocked, nucleotides and nucleosides, base modified with photocleavable, terminating groups and methods for their use in DNA sequencing |
GB0625283D0 (en) | 2006-12-19 | 2007-01-24 | Cyclacel Ltd | Combination |
CN103224506A (en) | 2006-12-20 | 2013-07-31 | P.安杰莱蒂分子生物学研究所 | Antiviral indoles |
GB0625345D0 (en) | 2006-12-20 | 2007-01-31 | Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio | Therapeutic compounds |
GB0625349D0 (en) | 2006-12-20 | 2007-01-31 | Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio | Therapeutic compounds |
US7951789B2 (en) * | 2006-12-28 | 2011-05-31 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of viral infections |
US8071568B2 (en) | 2007-01-05 | 2011-12-06 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | Nucleoside aryl phosphoramidates for the treatment of RNA-dependent RNA viral infection |
CN101611046A (en) * | 2007-01-12 | 2009-12-23 | 拜奥克里斯特制药公司 | Antiviral nucleoside analogs |
ATE525068T1 (en) | 2007-02-28 | 2011-10-15 | Conatus Pharmaceuticals Inc | METHOD FOR TREATING CHRONIC VIRAL HEPATITIS C USING RO 113-0830 |
PT2308514E (en) | 2007-03-23 | 2013-09-06 | To Bbb Holding B V | Conjugates for targeted drug delivery across the blood-brain barrier |
US7964580B2 (en) | 2007-03-30 | 2011-06-21 | Pharmasset, Inc. | Nucleoside phosphoramidate prodrugs |
WO2009010783A1 (en) | 2007-07-17 | 2009-01-22 | Istituto Di Ricerche Di Biologia Molecolare P. Angeletti Spa | Macrocyclic indole derivatives for the treatment of hepatitis c infections |
CA2699891C (en) | 2007-07-19 | 2013-10-22 | Nigel Liverton | Macrocyclic compounds as antiviral agents |
CA2708228C (en) | 2007-12-17 | 2016-06-21 | F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag | Tetrazole-substituted arylamide derivatives and their use as p2x3 and/or p2x2/3 purinergic receptor antagonists |
SI2234976T1 (en) | 2007-12-17 | 2013-07-31 | F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag | Novel pyrazole-substituted arylamides |
EP2225213B1 (en) | 2007-12-17 | 2015-04-29 | F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG | Triazole-substituted arylamide derivatives and their use as p2x3 and /or p2x2/3 purinergic receptor antagonists |
WO2009077365A1 (en) | 2007-12-17 | 2009-06-25 | F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag | Novel imidazole-substituted arylamides |
WO2009115927A2 (en) * | 2008-03-18 | 2009-09-24 | Institut De Recherches Cliniques De Montreal | Nucleotide analogues with quaternary carbon stereogenic centers and methods of use |
TW200946541A (en) | 2008-03-27 | 2009-11-16 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals Inc | Solid forms of an anti-HIV phosphoindole compound |
KR101681559B1 (en) * | 2008-04-23 | 2016-12-01 | 길리애드 사이언시즈, 인코포레이티드 | 1'-substituted carba-nucleoside analogs for antiviral treatment |
WO2009134624A1 (en) | 2008-04-28 | 2009-11-05 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Hcv ns3 protease inhibitors |
WO2009150405A1 (en) | 2008-06-09 | 2009-12-17 | Cyclacel Limited | Combination of spacitabine (cndac) and dna methyltransferase inhibitors such as decitabine and procaine |
US8173621B2 (en) * | 2008-06-11 | 2012-05-08 | Gilead Pharmasset Llc | Nucleoside cyclicphosphates |
JP5143953B2 (en) | 2008-06-11 | 2013-02-13 | レーザーゲン インコーポレイテッド | Nucleotides and nucleosides and methods of their use in DNA sequencing |
ES2458358T3 (en) * | 2008-07-02 | 2014-05-05 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of viral infections |
EP2313102A2 (en) | 2008-07-03 | 2011-04-27 | Biota Scientific Management | Bycyclic nucleosides and nucleotides as therapeutic agents |
PT2540350E (en) | 2008-07-22 | 2014-08-27 | Merck Sharp & Dohme | Combinations of a macrocyclic quinoxaline compound which is an hcv ns3 protease inhibitor with other hcv agents |
BRPI0918897B1 (en) | 2008-08-29 | 2021-06-15 | Boehringer Ingelheim Animal Health USA Inc. | IMMUNOGENIC COMPOSITION AND ITS USES |
KR20110104074A (en) | 2008-12-23 | 2011-09-21 | 파마셋 인코포레이티드 | Synthesis of purine nucleosides |
AU2009329917B2 (en) | 2008-12-23 | 2016-03-31 | Gilead Pharmasset Llc | Nucleoside analogs |
EP2376088B1 (en) | 2008-12-23 | 2017-02-22 | Gilead Pharmasset LLC | 6-O-Substituted-2-amino-purine nucleoside phosphoramidates |
JP2012514657A (en) | 2009-01-09 | 2012-06-28 | ユニバーシテイ・カレツジ・オブ・カーデイフ・コンサルタンツ・リミテツド | Phosphoramidate derivatives of guanosine nucleoside compounds for the treatment of viral infections |
WO2010082050A1 (en) | 2009-01-16 | 2010-07-22 | Istituto Di Ricerche Di Biologia Molecolare P. Angeletti S.P.A. | Macrocyclic and 7-aminoalkyl-substituted benzoxazocines for treatment of hepatitis c infections |
GB0900914D0 (en) | 2009-01-20 | 2009-03-04 | Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio | Antiviral agents |
US8193372B2 (en) | 2009-03-04 | 2012-06-05 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Phosphothiophene and phosphothiazole HCV polymerase inhibitors |
EA201190178A1 (en) * | 2009-03-20 | 2012-06-29 | Алиос Биофарма, Инк. | REPLACED NUCLEOSIDE AND NUCLEOTIC ANALOGUES |
US8512690B2 (en) | 2009-04-10 | 2013-08-20 | Novartis Ag | Derivatised proline containing peptide compounds as protease inhibitors |
US20110182850A1 (en) | 2009-04-10 | 2011-07-28 | Trixi Brandl | Organic compounds and their uses |
WO2010135520A1 (en) * | 2009-05-20 | 2010-11-25 | Chimerix, Inc. | Compounds, compositions and methods for treating viral infection |
TWI583692B (en) | 2009-05-20 | 2017-05-21 | 基利法瑪席特有限責任公司 | Nucleoside phosphoramidates |
US8618076B2 (en) | 2009-05-20 | 2013-12-31 | Gilead Pharmasset Llc | Nucleoside phosphoramidates |
CA2761921A1 (en) | 2009-06-22 | 2010-12-29 | F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag | Indole, indazole and benzimidazole arylamides |
WO2010149578A2 (en) | 2009-06-22 | 2010-12-29 | F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag | Novel biphenyl and phenyl-pyridine amides |
CN102438989B (en) | 2009-06-22 | 2015-05-27 | 霍夫曼-拉罗奇有限公司 | Novel oxazolone and pyrrolidinone-substituted arylamides |
US8828930B2 (en) | 2009-07-30 | 2014-09-09 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | Hepatitis C virus NS3 protease inhibitors |
CA2769652A1 (en) | 2009-08-05 | 2011-02-10 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Macrocyclic serine protease inhibitors useful against viral infections, particularly hcv |
WO2011035250A1 (en) | 2009-09-21 | 2011-03-24 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Processes and intermediates for the preparation of 1'-substituted carba-nucleoside analogs |
RU2012122637A (en) | 2009-11-14 | 2013-12-20 | Ф.Хоффманн-Ля Рош Аг | BIOMARKERS FOR FORECASTING A QUICK RESPONSE TO TREATING HEPATITIS C |
WO2011063076A1 (en) | 2009-11-19 | 2011-05-26 | Itherx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods of treating hepatitis c virus with oxoacetamide compounds |
SG181104A1 (en) | 2009-12-02 | 2012-07-30 | Hoffmann La Roche | Biomarkers for predicting sustained response to hcv treatment |
MX2012006877A (en) | 2009-12-18 | 2012-08-31 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals Inc | 5,5-fused arylene or heteroarylene hepatitis c virus inhibitors. |
US8563530B2 (en) | 2010-03-31 | 2013-10-22 | Gilead Pharmassel LLC | Purine nucleoside phosphoramidate |
HUE034239T2 (en) | 2010-03-31 | 2018-02-28 | Gilead Pharmasset Llc | Process for the crystallisation of (s)-isopropyl 2-(((s)-(perfluorophenoxy)(phenoxy)phosphoryl)amino)propanoate |
US8680071B2 (en) | 2010-04-01 | 2014-03-25 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of viral infections |
EP2596004B1 (en) | 2010-07-19 | 2014-09-10 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Methods for the preparation of diasteromerically pure phosphoramidate prodrugs |
MX2013000744A (en) | 2010-07-22 | 2013-03-07 | Gilead Sciences Inc | Methods and compounds for treating paramyxoviridae virus infections. |
CN103209987B (en) | 2010-09-22 | 2017-06-06 | 艾丽奥斯生物制药有限公司 | Substituted nucleotide analog |
AU2011311880B2 (en) | 2010-10-08 | 2014-07-24 | Novartis Ag | Vitamin E formulations of sulfamide NS3 inhibitors |
TW201242974A (en) | 2010-11-30 | 2012-11-01 | Gilead Pharmasset Llc | Compounds |
WO2012080050A1 (en) | 2010-12-14 | 2012-06-21 | F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag | Solid forms of a phenoxybenzenesulfonyl compound |
WO2012092484A2 (en) | 2010-12-29 | 2012-07-05 | Inhibitex, Inc. | Substituted purine nucleosides, phosphoroamidate and phosphorodiamidate derivatives for treatment of viral infections |
US9353100B2 (en) | 2011-02-10 | 2016-05-31 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc | Macrocyclic serine protease inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their use for treating HCV infections |
NZ614147A (en) | 2011-03-14 | 2015-08-28 | Boehringer Ingelheim Vetmed | Equine rhinitis vaccine |
US20120252721A1 (en) | 2011-03-31 | 2012-10-04 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for treating drug-resistant hepatitis c virus infection with a 5,5-fused arylene or heteroarylene hepatitis c virus inhibitor |
JP2014514295A (en) | 2011-03-31 | 2014-06-19 | アイディニックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド | Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of viral infections |
US9150603B2 (en) | 2011-04-13 | 2015-10-06 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | 2′-cyano substituted nucleoside derivatives and methods of use thereof useful for the treatment of viral diseases |
WO2012142085A1 (en) | 2011-04-13 | 2012-10-18 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | 2'-substituted nucleoside derivatives and methods of use thereof for the treatment of viral diseases |
WO2012142075A1 (en) | 2011-04-13 | 2012-10-18 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | 2'-azido substituted nucleoside derivatives and methods of use thereof for the treatment of viral diseases |
ES2743691T3 (en) | 2011-04-14 | 2020-02-20 | Cyclacel Ltd | Dosage regimen for sapacitabine and decitabine in combination to treat acute myeloid leukemia |
CN102775458B (en) * | 2011-05-09 | 2015-11-25 | 中国人民解放军军事医学科学院毒物药物研究所 | The preparation of β-D-(2 ' R)-2 '-deoxidation-2 '-fluoro-2'CmeC derivative and purposes |
EP2731433A4 (en) | 2011-07-13 | 2014-12-31 | Merck Sharp & Dohme | 5'-substituted nucleoside analogs and methods of use thereof for the treatment of viral diseases |
US9416154B2 (en) | 2011-07-13 | 2016-08-16 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | 5′-substituted nucleoside derivatives and methods of use thereof for the treatment of viral diseases |
EP2755983B1 (en) | 2011-09-12 | 2017-03-15 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals LLC. | Substituted carbonyloxymethylphosphoramidate compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of viral infections |
JP2014526474A (en) | 2011-09-12 | 2014-10-06 | アイディニックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド | Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of viral infections |
CA2848049C (en) | 2011-09-13 | 2021-01-26 | Lasergen, Inc. | 5-methoxy, 3'-oh unblocked, fast photocleavable terminating nucleotides and methods for nucleic acid sequencing |
SG11201400664WA (en) | 2011-09-16 | 2014-04-28 | Gilead Pharmassett Llc | Methods for treating hcv |
WO2013056046A1 (en) | 2011-10-14 | 2013-04-18 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Substituted 3',5'-cyclic phosphates of purine nucleotide compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of viral infections |
EP2780026B1 (en) | 2011-11-15 | 2019-10-23 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | Hcv ns3 protease inhibitors |
US8889159B2 (en) | 2011-11-29 | 2014-11-18 | Gilead Pharmasset Llc | Compositions and methods for treating hepatitis C virus |
EP3750544A3 (en) | 2011-11-30 | 2021-03-24 | Emory University | Jak inhibitors for use in the prevention or treatment of viral infection |
EP2794630A4 (en) | 2011-12-22 | 2015-04-01 | Alios Biopharma Inc | Substituted phosphorothioate nucleotide analogs |
WO2013106344A1 (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2013-07-18 | Ligand Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 2 '-c-methyl nucleosides containing a cyclic phosphate diester of 1, 3-propanediol (2-oxo-[1, 3, 2]-dioxaphosphorinane) at position 5' |
US20130217644A1 (en) | 2012-02-13 | 2013-08-22 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Pharmaceutical Compositions of 2'-C-Methyl-Guanosine, 5'-[2[(3-Hydroxy-2,2-Dimethyl-1-Oxopropyl)Thio]Ethyl N-(Phenylmethyl)Phosphoramidate] |
AU2013221571A1 (en) | 2012-02-14 | 2014-08-28 | University Of Georgia Research Foundation, Inc. | Spiro [2.4] heptanes for treatment of Flaviviridae infections |
CN104321333A (en) | 2012-03-21 | 2015-01-28 | 沃泰克斯药物股份有限公司 | Solid forms of a thiophosphoramidate nucleotide prodrug |
NZ630805A (en) | 2012-03-22 | 2016-01-29 | Alios Biopharma Inc | Pharmaceutical combinations comprising a thionucleotide analog |
US9109001B2 (en) | 2012-05-22 | 2015-08-18 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 3′,5′-cyclic phosphoramidate prodrugs for HCV infection |
EP2852603B1 (en) | 2012-05-22 | 2021-05-12 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals LLC | D-amino acid compounds for liver disease |
US9296778B2 (en) | 2012-05-22 | 2016-03-29 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 3′,5′-cyclic phosphate prodrugs for HCV infection |
UY34824A (en) | 2012-05-25 | 2013-11-29 | Janssen R & D Ireland | NUCLEOSIDES OF URACILO SPYROOXETHANE |
US9206412B2 (en) | 2012-05-31 | 2015-12-08 | Colorado State University Research Foundation | Thioxothiazolidine inhibitors |
EP2900682A1 (en) | 2012-09-27 | 2015-08-05 | IDENIX Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Esters and malonates of sate prodrugs |
SG11201502750UA (en) | 2012-10-08 | 2015-06-29 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals Inc | 2'-chloro nucleoside analogs for hcv infection |
US20140112886A1 (en) | 2012-10-19 | 2014-04-24 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Dinucleotide compounds for hcv infection |
WO2014066239A1 (en) | 2012-10-22 | 2014-05-01 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 2',4'-bridged nucleosides for hcv infection |
US20140140951A1 (en) | 2012-11-14 | 2014-05-22 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | D-Alanine Ester of Rp-Nucleoside Analog |
WO2014078436A1 (en) | 2012-11-14 | 2014-05-22 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | D-alanine ester of sp-nucleoside analog |
WO2014099941A1 (en) | 2012-12-19 | 2014-06-26 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 4'-fluoro nucleosides for the treatment of hcv |
SG11201504554UA (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2015-07-30 | Alios Biopharma Inc | Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof |
PT2950786T (en) | 2013-01-31 | 2020-03-03 | Gilead Pharmasset Llc | Combination formulation of two antiviral compounds |
US10034893B2 (en) | 2013-02-01 | 2018-07-31 | Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 5, 6-D2 uridine nucleoside/tide derivatives |
WO2014121418A1 (en) | 2013-02-07 | 2014-08-14 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | Tetracyclic heterocycle compounds and methods of use thereof for the treatment of hepatitis c |
WO2014121417A1 (en) | 2013-02-07 | 2014-08-14 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | Tetracyclic heterocycle compounds and methods of use thereof for the treatment of hepatitis c |
WO2014137930A1 (en) | 2013-03-04 | 2014-09-12 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Thiophosphate nucleosides for the treatment of hcv |
WO2014137926A1 (en) | 2013-03-04 | 2014-09-12 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 3'-deoxy nucleosides for the treatment of hcv |
US20140271547A1 (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2014-09-18 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Amino acid phosphoramidate pronucleotides of 2'-cyano, azido and amino nucleosides for the treatment of hcv |
RU2534613C2 (en) | 2013-03-22 | 2014-11-27 | Александр Васильевич Иващенко | Alkyl2-{[(2r,3s,5r)-5-(4-amino-2-oxo-2h-pyrimidine-1-yl)- -hydroxy- tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethoxy]-phenoxy-phosphorylamino}-proptonates, nucleoside inhibitors of rna-polymerase hcv ns5b, methods for producing and using them |
US9187515B2 (en) | 2013-04-01 | 2015-11-17 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc | 2′,4′-fluoro nucleosides for the treatment of HCV |
BR112015025716A2 (en) | 2013-04-12 | 2017-07-18 | Achillion Pharmaceuticals Inc | Deuterium Nucleoside Prodrugs Useful for Hcv Treatment |
WO2014197578A1 (en) | 2013-06-05 | 2014-12-11 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 1',4'-thio nucleosides for the treatment of hcv |
EP3027636B1 (en) | 2013-08-01 | 2022-01-05 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals LLC | D-amino acid phosphoramidate pronucleotides of halogeno pyrimidine compounds for liver disease |
PT3038601T (en) | 2013-08-27 | 2020-06-30 | Gilead Pharmasset Llc | Combination formulation of two antiviral compounds |
TW201542581A (en) * | 2013-09-11 | 2015-11-16 | Univ Emory | Nucleotide and nucleoside therapeutic compositions and uses related thereto |
EP3046924A1 (en) | 2013-09-20 | 2016-07-27 | IDENIX Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Hepatitis c virus inhibitors |
WO2015061683A1 (en) | 2013-10-25 | 2015-04-30 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | D-amino acid phosphoramidate and d-alanine thiophosphoramidate pronucleotides of nucleoside compounds useful for the treatment of hcv |
WO2015066370A1 (en) | 2013-11-01 | 2015-05-07 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | D-alanine phosphoramidate pronucleotides of 2'-methyl 2'-fluoro guanosine nucleoside compounds for the treatment of hcv |
EP3074399A1 (en) | 2013-11-27 | 2016-10-05 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals LLC | 2'-dichloro and 2'-fluoro-2'-chloro nucleoside analogues for hcv infection |
US10683321B2 (en) | 2013-12-18 | 2020-06-16 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc | 4′-or nucleosides for the treatment of HCV |
US10449210B2 (en) | 2014-02-13 | 2019-10-22 | Ligand Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Prodrug compounds and their uses |
WO2015134561A1 (en) | 2014-03-05 | 2015-09-11 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Pharmaceutical compositions comprising a 5,5-fused heteroarylene flaviviridae inhibitor and their use for treating or preventing flaviviridae infection |
WO2015134780A1 (en) | 2014-03-05 | 2015-09-11 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Solid prodrug forms of 2'-chloro-2'-methyl uridine for hcv |
WO2015134560A1 (en) | 2014-03-05 | 2015-09-11 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Solid forms of a flaviviridae virus inhibitor compound and salts thereof |
EP3131914B1 (en) | 2014-04-16 | 2023-05-10 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals LLC | 3'-substituted methyl or alkynyl nucleosides for the treatment of hcv |
JP2017520545A (en) | 2014-07-02 | 2017-07-27 | リガンド・ファーマシューティカルズ・インコーポレイテッド | Prodrug compounds and their use |
US9675632B2 (en) | 2014-08-26 | 2017-06-13 | Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Nucleoside and nucleotide derivatives |
TWI740546B (en) | 2014-10-29 | 2021-09-21 | 美商基利科學股份有限公司 | Methods for the preparation of ribosides |
WO2016073756A1 (en) | 2014-11-06 | 2016-05-12 | Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Deuterated nucleoside/tide derivatives |
US9732110B2 (en) | 2014-12-05 | 2017-08-15 | Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Nucleoside and nucleotide derivatives |
KR20230130175A (en) | 2014-12-26 | 2023-09-11 | 에모리 유니버시티 | N4-hydroxycytidine and derivatives and anti-viral uses related thereto |
CA2978085C (en) | 2015-03-06 | 2023-01-17 | Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | .beta.-d-2'-deoxy-2'-.alpha.-fluoro-2'-.beta.-c-substituted-2-modified-n6-substituted purine nucleotides for hcv treatment |
CA2997170A1 (en) | 2015-09-02 | 2017-03-09 | Abbvie Inc. | Anti-viral tetrahydrofurane derivatives |
US10251904B2 (en) | 2015-09-16 | 2019-04-09 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Methods for treating arenaviridae and coronaviridae virus infections |
WO2017197046A1 (en) | 2016-05-10 | 2017-11-16 | C4 Therapeutics, Inc. | C3-carbon linked glutarimide degronimers for target protein degradation |
CN109562107A (en) | 2016-05-10 | 2019-04-02 | C4医药公司 | Heterocycle degron body for target protein degradation |
CN109562113A (en) | 2016-05-10 | 2019-04-02 | C4医药公司 | Loop coil degron body for target protein degradation |
US10202412B2 (en) | 2016-07-08 | 2019-02-12 | Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-substituted-4′-substituted-2-substituted-N6-substituted-6-aminopurinenucleotides for the treatment of paramyxovirus and orthomyxovirus infections |
WO2018013937A1 (en) | 2016-07-14 | 2018-01-18 | Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Beta-d-2'-deoxy-2'-alpha-fluoro-2'-beta-c-substituted-4'-fluoro-n6-substituted-6-amino-2-substituted purine nucleotides for the treatment of hepatitis c virus infection |
US20190169221A1 (en) * | 2016-08-12 | 2019-06-06 | Janssen Biopharma, Inc. | Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof |
WO2018048937A1 (en) | 2016-09-07 | 2018-03-15 | Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 2'-substituted-n6-substituted purine nucleotides for rna virus treatment |
CN110248951B (en) | 2017-02-01 | 2022-10-28 | 阿堤亚制药公司 | Nucleotide hemisulfate salt for treating hepatitis C virus |
KR102318320B1 (en) | 2017-03-14 | 2021-10-27 | 길리애드 사이언시즈, 인코포레이티드 | How to treat feline coronavirus infection |
EP4219513A1 (en) | 2017-05-01 | 2023-08-02 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Crystalline form of (s)-2-ethylbutyl 2-(((s)-(((2r,3s,4r,5r)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,1-f] [1,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydrofuran2-yl)methoxy)(phenoxy) phosphoryl)amino)propanoate |
WO2019005819A1 (en) | 2017-06-26 | 2019-01-03 | Hrl Laboratories, Llc | System and method for generating output of a downhole inertial measurement unit |
CA3077489A1 (en) | 2017-07-11 | 2019-01-17 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Compositions comprising an rna polymerase inhibitor and cyclodextrin for treating viral infections |
CN111372592A (en) | 2017-12-07 | 2020-07-03 | 埃默里大学 | N4-hydroxycytidine and derivatives and antiviral uses related thereto |
WO2019200005A1 (en) | 2018-04-10 | 2019-10-17 | Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Treatment of hcv infected patients with cirrhosis |
WO2020081690A1 (en) * | 2018-10-17 | 2020-04-23 | Xibin Liao | 6-mercaptopurine nucleoside analogues |
TWI789695B (en) | 2020-01-27 | 2023-01-11 | 美商基利科學股份有限公司 | Methods for treating sars cov-2 infections |
US10874687B1 (en) | 2020-02-27 | 2020-12-29 | Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Highly active compounds against COVID-19 |
CN115298181A (en) | 2020-03-12 | 2022-11-04 | 吉利德科学公司 | Process for preparing 1' -cyanonucleosides |
WO2021207049A1 (en) | 2020-04-06 | 2021-10-14 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Inhalation formulations of 1'-cyano substituted carbanucleoside analogs |
KR20230018473A (en) | 2020-05-29 | 2023-02-07 | 길리애드 사이언시즈, 인코포레이티드 | How to treat remdesivir |
IL299202A (en) | 2020-06-24 | 2023-02-01 | Gilead Sciences Inc | 1'-cyano nucleoside analogs and uses thereof |
EP4204421A2 (en) | 2020-08-27 | 2023-07-05 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Compounds and methods for treatment of viral infections |
WO2022115615A1 (en) * | 2020-11-25 | 2022-06-02 | Northeastern University | Cyclic peptides with antimicrobial properties |
TW202400185A (en) | 2022-03-02 | 2024-01-01 | 美商基利科學股份有限公司 | Compounds and methods for treatment of viral infections |
Family Cites Families (340)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US28013A (en) * | 1860-04-24 | Improved bullet-ladle | ||
US87873A (en) * | 1869-03-16 | Perry prettyman | ||
US8841A (en) * | 1852-03-30 | Sice-httxieb | ||
US83307A (en) * | 1868-10-20 | Improvement in wash-boilehs | ||
US6458772B1 (en) * | 1909-10-07 | 2002-10-01 | Medivir Ab | Prodrugs |
US3074929A (en) * | 1955-08-11 | 1963-01-22 | Burroughs Wellcome Co | Glycosides of 6-mercaptopurine |
GB924246A (en) | 1958-12-23 | 1963-04-24 | Wellcome Found | Purine derivatives and their preparation |
US3116282A (en) * | 1960-04-27 | 1963-12-31 | Upjohn Co | Pyrimidine nucleosides and process |
GB984877A (en) | 1962-08-16 | 1965-03-03 | Waldhof Zellstoff Fab | Improvements in and relating to 6-halonucleosides |
FR1498856A (en) | 1965-11-15 | 1968-01-10 | ||
CH490395A (en) | 1965-11-15 | 1970-05-15 | Merck & Co Inc | Process for the production of novel nucleosides |
DE1695411A1 (en) | 1966-05-02 | 1971-04-15 | Merck & Co Inc | Substituted purine nucleosides and processes for their preparation |
FR1521076A (en) | 1966-05-02 | 1968-04-12 | Merck & Co Inc | Substituted purine nucleosides |
US3480613A (en) * | 1967-07-03 | 1969-11-25 | Merck & Co Inc | 2-c or 3-c-alkylribofuranosyl - 1-substituted compounds and the nucleosides thereof |
DE2122991C2 (en) | 1971-05-04 | 1982-06-09 | Schering Ag, 1000 Berlin Und 4619 Bergkamen | Process for the preparation of cytosine and 6-azacytosine nucleosides |
USRE29835E (en) | 1971-06-01 | 1978-11-14 | Icn Pharmaceuticals | 1,2,4-Triazole nucleosides |
US3798209A (en) * | 1971-06-01 | 1974-03-19 | Icn Pharmaceuticals | 1,2,4-triazole nucleosides |
JPS4848495A (en) | 1971-09-21 | 1973-07-09 | ||
US4022889A (en) * | 1974-05-20 | 1977-05-10 | The Upjohn Company | Therapeutic compositions of antibiotic U-44,590 and methods for using the same |
DE2508312A1 (en) | 1975-02-24 | 1976-09-02 | Schering Ag | NEW PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF NUCLEOSIDES |
US4058602A (en) * | 1976-08-09 | 1977-11-15 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health, Education And Welfare | Synthesis, structure, and antitumor activity of 5,6-dihydro-5-azacytidine |
DE2757365A1 (en) * | 1977-12-20 | 1979-06-21 | Schering Ag | NEW PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF NUCLEOSIDES |
DD140254A1 (en) | 1978-12-04 | 1980-02-20 | Dieter Baerwolff | METHOD OF PREPARING 4-SUBSTITUTED PYRIMIDIN NUCLEOSIDES |
DE2852721A1 (en) * | 1978-12-06 | 1980-06-26 | Basf Ag | METHOD FOR REPRESENTING POTASSIUM RIBONATE AND RIBONOLACTONE |
US4239753A (en) | 1978-12-12 | 1980-12-16 | The Upjohn Company | Composition of matter and process |
US4522811A (en) * | 1982-07-08 | 1985-06-11 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | Serial injection of muramyldipeptides and liposomes enhances the anti-infective activity of muramyldipeptides |
FR2562543B1 (en) | 1984-04-10 | 1987-09-25 | Elf Aquitaine | NOVEL CYCLIC PHOSPHONITES, THEIR PREPARATION AND APPLICATIONS |
NL8403224A (en) * | 1984-10-24 | 1986-05-16 | Oce Andeno Bv | DIOXAPHOSPHORINANS, THEIR PREPARATION AND THE USE FOR SPLITTING OF OPTICALLY ACTIVE COMPOUNDS. |
KR880000094B1 (en) | 1984-12-07 | 1988-02-23 | 보령제약 주식회사 | Preparation process for nucleoside derivative |
JPS61204193A (en) * | 1985-03-05 | 1986-09-10 | Takeda Chem Ind Ltd | Production of cytosine nuceoside |
US5223263A (en) | 1988-07-07 | 1993-06-29 | Vical, Inc. | Liponucleotide-containing liposomes |
US6448392B1 (en) * | 1985-03-06 | 2002-09-10 | Chimerix, Inc. | Lipid derivatives of antiviral nucleosides: liposomal incorporation and method of use |
JPS61212592A (en) | 1985-03-19 | 1986-09-20 | Tokyo Tanabe Co Ltd | Production of d-ribose |
US4605659A (en) * | 1985-04-30 | 1986-08-12 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | Purinyl or pyrimidinyl substituted hydroxycyclopentane compounds useful as antivirals |
JPS61263995A (en) | 1985-05-16 | 1986-11-21 | Takeda Chem Ind Ltd | Production of cytosine nucleoside |
US4754026A (en) * | 1985-06-04 | 1988-06-28 | Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Conversion of uracil derivatives to cytosine derivatives |
US5455339A (en) | 1986-05-01 | 1995-10-03 | University Of Georgia Research Foundation, Inc. | Method for the preparation of 2',3'-dideoxy and 2',3'-dideoxydide-hydro nucleosides |
JPH0699467B2 (en) | 1987-03-04 | 1994-12-07 | ヤマサ醤油株式会社 | 2 ▲ '▼ -Deoxy-2 ▲' ▼ (S) -alkylpyrimidine nucleoside derivative |
JPS63215894A (en) | 1987-03-04 | 1988-09-08 | Hitachi Ltd | Motor pump with intensifier |
DE3714473A1 (en) | 1987-04-30 | 1988-11-10 | Basf Ag | CONTINUOUS PROCESS FOR EPIMERIZING SUGAR, ESPECIALLY FROM D-ARABINOSE TO D-RIBOSE |
GB8719367D0 (en) * | 1987-08-15 | 1987-09-23 | Wellcome Found | Therapeutic compounds |
US5246924A (en) * | 1987-09-03 | 1993-09-21 | Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research | Method for treating hepatitis B virus infections using 1-(2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-beta-D-arabinofuranosyl)-5-ethyluracil |
JPH03501253A (en) | 1987-09-22 | 1991-03-22 | ザ リージェンツ オブ ザ ユニバーシティ オブ カリフォルニア | Liposome-based nucleoside analogs for the treatment of AIDS |
US4880784A (en) * | 1987-12-21 | 1989-11-14 | Brigham Young University | Antiviral methods utilizing ribofuranosylthiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimdine derivatives |
US4996308A (en) * | 1988-03-25 | 1991-02-26 | Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Derivatives with unsaturated substitutions for the 5'-hydroxymethyl group |
US5122517A (en) * | 1988-06-10 | 1992-06-16 | Regents Of The University Of Minnesota | Antiviral combination comprising nucleoside analogs |
NZ229453A (en) | 1988-06-10 | 1991-08-27 | Univ Minnesota & Southern Rese | A pharmaceutical composition containing purine derivatives with nucleosides such as azt, as antiviral agents |
GB8815265D0 (en) * | 1988-06-27 | 1988-08-03 | Wellcome Found | Therapeutic nucleosides |
US6252060B1 (en) * | 1988-07-07 | 2001-06-26 | Nexstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antiviral liponucleosides: treatment of hepatitis B |
US6599887B2 (en) * | 1988-07-07 | 2003-07-29 | Chimerix, Inc. | Methods of treating viral infections using antiviral liponucleotides |
SE8802687D0 (en) | 1988-07-20 | 1988-07-20 | Astra Ab | NUCLEOSIDE DERIVATIVES |
US5744600A (en) * | 1988-11-14 | 1998-04-28 | Institute Of Organic Chemistry And Biochemistry Of The Academy Of Sciences Of The Czech Republic | Phosphonomethoxy carbocyclic nucleosides and nucleotides |
US5616702A (en) * | 1988-11-15 | 1997-04-01 | Merrell Pharmaceuticals Inc. | 2-'-ethenylidene cytidine, uridine and guanosine derivatives |
US5705363A (en) * | 1989-03-02 | 1998-01-06 | The Women's Research Institute | Recombinant production of human interferon τ polypeptides and nucleic acids |
US5194654A (en) * | 1989-11-22 | 1993-03-16 | Vical, Inc. | Lipid derivatives of phosphonoacids for liposomal incorporation and method of use |
US5411947A (en) * | 1989-06-28 | 1995-05-02 | Vestar, Inc. | Method of converting a drug to an orally available form by covalently bonding a lipid to the drug |
US5118672A (en) | 1989-07-10 | 1992-06-02 | University Of Georgia Research Foundation | 5'-diphosphohexose nucleoside pharmaceutical compositions |
US5463092A (en) * | 1989-11-22 | 1995-10-31 | Vestar, Inc. | Lipid derivatives of phosphonacids for liposomal incorporation and method of use |
US5026687A (en) | 1990-01-03 | 1991-06-25 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services | Treatment of human retroviral infections with 2',3'-dideoxyinosine alone and in combination with other antiviral compounds |
US6060592A (en) * | 1990-01-11 | 2000-05-09 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Pyrimidine nucleoside compounds and oligonucleoside compounds containing same |
US5200514A (en) * | 1990-01-19 | 1993-04-06 | University Of Georgia Research Foundation, Inc. | Synthesis of 2'-deoxypyrimidine nucleosides |
US5204466A (en) * | 1990-02-01 | 1993-04-20 | Emory University | Method and compositions for the synthesis of bch-189 and related compounds |
WO1991016920A1 (en) | 1990-05-07 | 1991-11-14 | Vical, Inc. | Lipid prodrugs of salicylate and nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs |
FR2662165B1 (en) * | 1990-05-18 | 1992-09-11 | Univ Paris Curie | BRANCHED NUCLEOSIDE DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION PROCESS AND THEIR USE AS MEDICAMENTS. |
EP0531452A4 (en) | 1990-05-29 | 1993-06-09 | Vical, Inc. | Synthesis of glycerol di- and triphosphate derivatives |
CA2083961A1 (en) * | 1990-05-29 | 1991-11-30 | Henk Van Den Bosch | Synthesis of glycerol di- and triphosphate derivatives |
ES2083580T3 (en) | 1990-06-13 | 1996-04-16 | Arnold Glazier | PHOSPHORIC DRUGS. |
US5627165A (en) * | 1990-06-13 | 1997-05-06 | Drug Innovation & Design, Inc. | Phosphorous prodrugs and therapeutic delivery systems using same |
JP2559917B2 (en) * | 1990-06-15 | 1996-12-04 | 三共株式会社 | Pyrimidine nucleoside derivative |
US5372808A (en) | 1990-10-17 | 1994-12-13 | Amgen Inc. | Methods and compositions for the treatment of diseases with consensus interferon while reducing side effect |
US5543390A (en) * | 1990-11-01 | 1996-08-06 | State Of Oregon, Acting By And Through The Oregon State Board Of Higher Education, Acting For And On Behalf Of The Oregon Health Sciences University | Covalent microparticle-drug conjugates for biological targeting |
US5256641A (en) | 1990-11-01 | 1993-10-26 | State Of Oregon | Covalent polar lipid-peptide conjugates for immunological targeting |
US5149794A (en) * | 1990-11-01 | 1992-09-22 | State Of Oregon | Covalent lipid-drug conjugates for drug targeting |
US5827819A (en) * | 1990-11-01 | 1998-10-27 | Oregon Health Sciences University | Covalent polar lipid conjugates with neurologically active compounds for targeting |
US5543389A (en) * | 1990-11-01 | 1996-08-06 | State Of Oregon, Acting By And Through The Oregon State Board Of Higher Education On Behalf Of The Oregon Health Sciences University, A Non Profit Organization | Covalent polar lipid-peptide conjugates for use in salves |
IL100502A (en) | 1991-01-03 | 1995-12-08 | Iaf Biochem Int | Pharmaceutical compositions containing cis-4-amino-1(hydroxymethyl-1,3-oxathiolan-5-yl)-1H-pyrimid-2-one nucleoside or its derivatives |
JPH04266880A (en) | 1991-02-22 | 1992-09-22 | Japan Tobacco Inc | Production of 3-dpa-lactone |
AU662130B2 (en) | 1991-03-06 | 1995-08-24 | Emory University | Use of 5-fluoro-2'-deoxy-3'-thiacytidine for the treatment of hepatitis B |
WO1992018517A1 (en) | 1991-04-17 | 1992-10-29 | Yale University | Method of treating or preventing hepatitis b virus |
US5157027A (en) * | 1991-05-13 | 1992-10-20 | E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. | Bisphosphonate squalene synthetase inhibitors and method |
WO1993000910A1 (en) | 1991-07-12 | 1993-01-21 | Vical, Inc. | Antiviral liponucleosides: treatment of hepatitis b |
JPH0525152A (en) * | 1991-07-22 | 1993-02-02 | Japan Tobacco Inc | Production of 3-dpa-lactone |
US5554728A (en) * | 1991-07-23 | 1996-09-10 | Nexstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Lipid conjugates of therapeutic peptides and protease inhibitors |
TW224053B (en) | 1991-09-13 | 1994-05-21 | Paul B Chretien | |
US5676942A (en) * | 1992-02-10 | 1997-10-14 | Interferon Sciences, Inc. | Composition containing human alpha interferon species proteins and method for use thereof |
DE4207363A1 (en) | 1992-03-04 | 1993-09-09 | Max Delbrueck Centrum | ANTIVIRAL NUCLEOSIDE ANALOGS, THEIR PRODUCTION AND THEIR PHARMACEUTICAL USE |
US5401861A (en) * | 1992-06-22 | 1995-03-28 | Eli Lilly And Company | Low temperature process for preparing alpha-anomer enriched 2-deoxy-2,2-difluoro-D-ribofuranosyl sulfonates |
US5371210A (en) | 1992-06-22 | 1994-12-06 | Eli Lilly And Company | Stereoselective fusion glycosylation process for preparing 2'-deoxy-2',2'-difluoronucleosides and 2'-deoxy-2'-fluoronucleosides |
US5256797A (en) | 1992-06-22 | 1993-10-26 | Eli Lilly And Company | Process for separating 2-deoxy-2,2-difluoro-D-ribofuranosyl alkylsulfonate anomers |
US5821357A (en) * | 1992-06-22 | 1998-10-13 | Eli Lilly And Company | Stereoselective glycosylation process for preparing 2'-deoxy-2',2'-difluoropurine and triazole nucleosides |
US5606048A (en) * | 1992-06-22 | 1997-02-25 | Eli Lilly And Company | Stereoselective glycosylation process for preparing 2'-Deoxy-2', 2'-difluoronucleosides and 2'-deoxy-2'-fluoronucleosides |
WO1994001117A1 (en) | 1992-07-02 | 1994-01-20 | The Wellcome Foundation Limited | Therapeutic nucleosides |
DE4224737A1 (en) | 1992-07-27 | 1994-02-03 | Herbert Prof Dr Schott | New cytosine analogues with lipophilic protected amino gps. - for treatment of cancer and virus diseases e.g. AIDS, are more protected against enzymatic des-amination and can be used in higher doses than unprotected cpds. |
US5256924A (en) * | 1992-08-10 | 1993-10-26 | Allied-Signal Inc. | Superconducting commutator for DC machines |
HU214980B (en) | 1992-09-01 | 1998-08-28 | Eli Lilly And Co. | A process for anomerizing nucleosides |
US6423489B1 (en) | 1992-09-10 | 2002-07-23 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for treatment of Hepatitis C virus-associated diseases |
US6174868B1 (en) | 1992-09-10 | 2001-01-16 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for treatment of hepatitis C virus-associated diseases |
US6391542B1 (en) | 1992-09-10 | 2002-05-21 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for treatment of Hepatitis C virus-associated diseases |
US6433159B1 (en) | 1992-09-10 | 2002-08-13 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for treatment of Hepatitis C virus associated diseases |
NZ255578A (en) | 1992-09-10 | 1996-11-26 | Chemo Sero Therapeut Res Inst | Antisense oligonucleotides complementary and hybridizable to a portion of hepatitis c virus and their use in treating hepatitis c virus associated diseases |
JPH06135988A (en) | 1992-10-22 | 1994-05-17 | Toagosei Chem Ind Co Ltd | Nucleotide derivative |
GB9226729D0 (en) * | 1992-12-22 | 1993-02-17 | Wellcome Found | Therapeutic combination |
JPH06211890A (en) | 1993-01-12 | 1994-08-02 | Yamasa Shoyu Co Ltd | 2'-deoxy-2'@(3754/24)s)-substituted alkylcytidine derivative |
JPH06228186A (en) | 1993-01-29 | 1994-08-16 | Yamasa Shoyu Co Ltd | 2'-deoxy-@(3754/24)2's)-alkylpyrimidine nucleoside derivative |
ATE181557T1 (en) | 1993-02-24 | 1999-07-15 | Jui H Wang | COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF APPLYING REACTIVE ANTIVIRAL POLYMERS |
GB9307043D0 (en) * | 1993-04-05 | 1993-05-26 | Norsk Hydro As | Chemical compounds |
JP3312951B2 (en) | 1993-04-08 | 2002-08-12 | 三菱化学株式会社 | Olefin-based thermoplastic resin composition |
EP0746319A4 (en) | 1993-05-12 | 1997-11-05 | Karl Y Hostetler | Acyclovir derivatives for topical use |
EP0773029A4 (en) | 1993-07-19 | 1997-09-03 | Tokyo Tanabe Co | Hepatitis c virus proliferation inhibitor |
US6156501A (en) | 1993-10-26 | 2000-12-05 | Affymetrix, Inc. | Arrays of modified nucleic acid probes and methods of use |
US5587362A (en) * | 1994-01-28 | 1996-12-24 | Univ. Of Ga Research Foundation | L-nucleosides |
US5908821A (en) | 1994-05-11 | 1999-06-01 | Procter & Gamble Company | Dye transfer inhibiting compositions with specifically selected metallo catalysts |
MX9700109A (en) | 1994-07-01 | 1997-04-30 | Pro Neuron Inc | Pyrimidine nucleotide precursors for treatment of systemic inflammation and inflammatory hepatitis. |
DE4432623A1 (en) | 1994-09-14 | 1996-03-21 | Huels Chemische Werke Ag | Process for bleaching aqueous surfactant solutions |
US5696277A (en) | 1994-11-15 | 1997-12-09 | Karl Y. Hostetler | Antiviral prodrugs |
EP0747389B1 (en) * | 1994-12-13 | 2003-09-10 | Taiho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | 3'-substituted nucleoside derivatives |
GB9505025D0 (en) | 1995-03-13 | 1995-05-03 | Medical Res Council | Chemical compounds |
JP3786447B2 (en) | 1995-03-31 | 2006-06-14 | エーザイ株式会社 | Preventive and therapeutic agent for hepatitis C |
DE19513330A1 (en) * | 1995-04-03 | 1996-10-10 | Schering Ag | New process for the production of nucleosides |
US5977061A (en) * | 1995-04-21 | 1999-11-02 | Institute Of Organic Chemistry And Biochemistry Of The Academy Of Sciences Of The Czech Republic | N6 - substituted nucleotide analagues and their use |
JPH0959292A (en) | 1995-08-25 | 1997-03-04 | Yamasa Shoyu Co Ltd | Production of 4-aminopyrimidine nucleoside |
BR9610120A (en) * | 1995-09-07 | 1999-12-21 | Univ Georgia Res Found | Pharmaceutical composition and process to increase the half-life of a drug in an individual and to improve a pathological condition in a patient. |
DE69635864T2 (en) | 1995-09-27 | 2006-10-26 | Emory University | RECOMBINANT RNA REPLICASE OF HEPATITIS C VIRUS |
US5908621A (en) * | 1995-11-02 | 1999-06-01 | Schering Corporation | Polyethylene glycol modified interferon therapy |
US5980884A (en) * | 1996-02-05 | 1999-11-09 | Amgen, Inc. | Methods for retreatment of patients afflicted with Hepatitis C using consensus interferon |
US5830905A (en) | 1996-03-29 | 1998-11-03 | Viropharma Incorporated | Compounds, compositions and methods for treatment of hepatitis C |
US5633388A (en) | 1996-03-29 | 1997-05-27 | Viropharma Incorporated | Compounds, compositions and methods for treatment of hepatitis C |
GB9609932D0 (en) * | 1996-05-13 | 1996-07-17 | Hoffmann La Roche | Use of IL-12 and IFN alpha for the treatment of infectious diseases |
US5891874A (en) | 1996-06-05 | 1999-04-06 | Eli Lilly And Company | Anti-viral compound |
JP3927630B2 (en) | 1996-09-27 | 2007-06-13 | エーザイ・アール・アンド・ディー・マネジメント株式会社 | Preventive and therapeutic agents for viral infections |
US5922757A (en) | 1996-09-30 | 1999-07-13 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Treatment and prevention of hepatic disorders |
EP0961775B1 (en) * | 1996-10-16 | 2004-07-14 | ICN Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Purine l-nucleosides, analogs and uses thereof |
PT1132393E (en) * | 1996-10-16 | 2003-08-29 | Ribapharm Inc | L-RIBAVIRIN AND USES OF THE SAME |
EA001915B1 (en) | 1996-10-18 | 2001-10-22 | Вертекс Фармасьютикалз Инкорпорейтед | Inhibitors of serine proteases, particularly hepatitis c virus ns3 protease |
EP0948256A4 (en) * | 1996-10-28 | 2007-10-24 | Univ Washington | Induction of viral mutation by incorporation of miscoding ribonucleoside analogs into viral rna |
GB9623908D0 (en) | 1996-11-18 | 1997-01-08 | Hoffmann La Roche | Amino acid derivatives |
US6248878B1 (en) * | 1996-12-24 | 2001-06-19 | Ribozyme Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Nucleoside analogs |
PL336579A1 (en) | 1997-01-17 | 2000-07-03 | Icn Pharmaceuticals | Treatment of diseases associated with cytokinins |
WO1998041522A1 (en) | 1997-03-19 | 1998-09-24 | Emory University | Synthesis, anti-human immunodeficiency virus and anti-hepatitis b virus activities of 1,3-oxaselenolane nucleosides |
JP3963488B2 (en) | 1997-06-30 | 2007-08-22 | メルツ ファーマ ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツンク ウント コンパニー コマンディゲゼルシャフト アウフ アクチェン | 1-amino-alkylcyclohexane NMDA receptor antagonist |
EP1012180B1 (en) | 1997-08-11 | 2004-12-01 | Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. | Hepatitis c inhibitor peptide analogues |
US6172046B1 (en) * | 1997-09-21 | 2001-01-09 | Schering Corporation | Combination therapy for eradicating detectable HCV-RNA in patients having chronic Hepatitis C infection |
EP0903148B1 (en) | 1997-09-21 | 2001-10-10 | Schering Corporation | Combination therapy for eradicating detectable HCV-RNA in patients having chronic hepatitis C infection |
US6472373B1 (en) * | 1997-09-21 | 2002-10-29 | Schering Corporation | Combination therapy for eradicating detectable HCV-RNA in antiviral treatment naive patients having chronic hepatitis C infection |
ES2236962T3 (en) | 1997-10-30 | 2005-07-16 | The Government Of The Usa, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | URIDINA ANTITUMOR ANALOGS. |
BR9907882A (en) | 1998-02-12 | 2000-10-17 | Searle & Co | Use of unsubstituted 1,5-dideoxy-1,5-imino-d-glucitol compounds for the treatment of hepatitis virus infections |
WO1999043690A1 (en) | 1998-02-25 | 1999-09-02 | Rational Drug Design Laboratories | L-4'-arabinofuranonucleoside compound and medicine composition comprising the same |
DE69933860T2 (en) | 1998-02-25 | 2007-05-31 | Emory University | 2'-FLUORONUKLEOSIDE |
AU767599B2 (en) | 1998-03-06 | 2003-11-20 | Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc. | Novel prodrugs for phosphorus-containing compounds |
KR100389853B1 (en) | 1998-03-06 | 2003-08-19 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method for recording and reproducing catalog information |
US6312662B1 (en) * | 1998-03-06 | 2001-11-06 | Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc. | Prodrugs phosphorus-containing compounds |
GB9806815D0 (en) | 1998-03-30 | 1998-05-27 | Hoffmann La Roche | Amino acid derivatives |
TW466112B (en) | 1998-04-14 | 2001-12-01 | Lilly Co Eli | Novel use of 2'-deoxy-2',2'-difluorocytidine for immunosuppressive therapy and pharmaceutical composition comprising the same |
ATE216591T1 (en) | 1998-05-15 | 2002-05-15 | Schering Corp | COMBINATION THERAPY CONTAINING RIBAVIRIN AND INTERFERON ALPHA IN PATIENTS WITH CHRONIC HEPATITIS C INFECTION WHO ARE NOT PREVIOUSLY TREATED WITH ANTIVIRALS |
US6833361B2 (en) | 1998-05-26 | 2004-12-21 | Ribapharm, Inc. | Nucleosides having bicyclic sugar moiety |
BR9911076A (en) | 1998-06-08 | 2001-02-20 | Hoffmann La Roche | Use of peg-ifn-alpha and ribavirin for the treatment of chronic hepatitis C |
US6444652B1 (en) * | 1998-08-10 | 2002-09-03 | Novirio Pharmaceuticals Limited | β-L-2'-deoxy-nucleosides for the treatment of hepatitis B |
MXPA01001507A (en) * | 1998-08-10 | 2003-09-10 | Novirio Pharmaceuticals Ltd | beta-L-2'-DEOXY-NUCLEOSIDES FOR THE TREATMENT OF HEPATITIS B. |
US6277830B1 (en) * | 1998-10-16 | 2001-08-21 | Schering Corporation | 5′-amino acid esters of ribavirin and the use of same to treat hepatitis C with interferon |
CA2252144A1 (en) | 1998-10-16 | 2000-04-16 | University Of Alberta | Dual action anticancer prodrugs |
EP1124565B1 (en) | 1998-11-05 | 2006-03-29 | Centre National De La Recherche Scientifique | Azido derivatives of beta-l-2'-deoxy-nucleosides for the treatment of hiv infection |
WO2000026225A2 (en) * | 1998-11-05 | 2000-05-11 | Centre National De La Recherche Scientifique | Nucleosides with anti-hepatitis b virus activity |
AU2157000A (en) | 1998-12-18 | 2000-07-12 | Schering Corporation | Ribavirin-pegylated interferon alfa induction hcv combination therapy |
EP1175425A2 (en) | 1999-01-21 | 2002-01-30 | The Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Inhibitors of intestinal apical membrane na/phosphate co-transportation |
PL204458B1 (en) | 1999-02-12 | 2010-01-29 | Univ Cardiff | Phosphoramidate, and mono-, di-, and tri-phosphate esters of (1r, cis)-4-(6-amino-9h-purin-9-yl)-2-cyclopentene-1-methanol as antiviral agents |
JP2003505501A (en) | 1999-02-12 | 2003-02-12 | ジー・ディー・サール・アンド・カンパニー | Glucamine compounds for the treatment of hepatitis virus infection |
EP1155017B1 (en) | 1999-02-22 | 2003-01-15 | Shire Biochem Inc. | [1,8] naphthyridine derivatives having antiviral activity |
ES2272268T3 (en) | 1999-03-05 | 2007-05-01 | Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc. | NEW PROFARMS THAT CONTAIN PHOSPHORUS. |
US6831069B2 (en) | 1999-08-27 | 2004-12-14 | Ribapharm Inc. | Pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine nucleoside analogs |
CA2348769A1 (en) | 1999-09-01 | 2001-03-08 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Digital data copyright protection system |
JP4979866B2 (en) | 1999-09-08 | 2012-07-18 | リガンド・ファーマシューティカルズ・インコーポレイテッド | Prodrug for drug delivery specific to the liver |
WO2001032153A2 (en) | 1999-11-04 | 2001-05-10 | Shire Biochem Inc. | Method for the treatment or prevention of flaviviridae viral infection using nucleoside analogues |
US6965033B2 (en) | 1999-12-22 | 2005-11-15 | Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc. | Bisamidate phosphonate prodrugs |
WO2001049700A1 (en) | 1999-12-30 | 2001-07-12 | Biochem Pharma Inc. | Imidazopyrimidine nucleoside analogues with anti-hiv activity |
EP1261339A1 (en) | 2000-02-14 | 2002-12-04 | Pharmacia Corporation | Use of n-substituted-1,5-dideoxy-1,5-imino-d-glucitol compounds for treating hepatitis virus infections |
US6495677B1 (en) | 2000-02-15 | 2002-12-17 | Kanda S. Ramasamy | Nucleoside compounds |
US6455508B1 (en) | 2000-02-15 | 2002-09-24 | Kanda S. Ramasamy | Methods for treating diseases with tirazole and pyrrolo-pyrimidine ribofuranosyl nucleosides |
US7056895B2 (en) | 2000-02-15 | 2006-06-06 | Valeant Pharmaceuticals International | Tirazole nucleoside analogs and methods for using same |
JP2003523978A (en) | 2000-02-18 | 2003-08-12 | シャイアー・バイオケム・インコーポレイテッド | Methods for treating or preventing FLAVIVIRUS infection using nucleoside analogs |
FR2806095A1 (en) | 2000-03-10 | 2001-09-14 | Gentech | New polynucleotides for producing transgenic plants resistant to geminivirus infection comprising polynucleotides encoding proteins which interact with at least one of the products of the geminivirus genome |
KR20100003313A (en) | 2000-04-13 | 2010-01-07 | 파마셋 인코포레이티드 | 3'- or 2'-hydroxymethyl substituted nucleoside derivatives for treatment of hepatitis virus infections |
EP1282632A1 (en) | 2000-04-20 | 2003-02-12 | Schering Corporation | Ribavirin-interferon alfa combination therapy for eradicating detectable hcv-rna in patients having chronic hepatitis c infection |
MY164523A (en) | 2000-05-23 | 2017-12-29 | Univ Degli Studi Cagliari | Methods and compositions for treating hepatitis c virus |
CN1315862C (en) * | 2000-05-26 | 2007-05-16 | 艾登尼科斯(开曼)有限公司 | Methods and compositions for treating flaviviruses and pestiviruses |
US6787526B1 (en) * | 2000-05-26 | 2004-09-07 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods of treating hepatitis delta virus infection with β-L-2′-deoxy-nucleosides |
ES2227203T3 (en) * | 2000-05-26 | 2005-04-01 | Idenix (Cayman) Limited | METHODS TO TREAT INFECTION WITH THE DELTA HEPATITIS VIRUS WITH BETA-1-2'-DEOXINUCLEOSIDS. |
MY141594A (en) | 2000-06-15 | 2010-05-14 | Novirio Pharmaceuticals Ltd | 3'-PRODRUGS OF 2'-DEOXY-ß-L-NUCLEOSIDES |
US6875751B2 (en) * | 2000-06-15 | 2005-04-05 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 3′-prodrugs of 2′-deoxy-β-L-nucleosides |
US6815542B2 (en) | 2000-06-16 | 2004-11-09 | Ribapharm, Inc. | Nucleoside compounds and uses thereof |
CA2409778A1 (en) | 2000-06-20 | 2001-12-27 | Incyte Genomics, Inc. | Secreted proteins |
JP3629187B2 (en) * | 2000-06-28 | 2005-03-16 | 株式会社東芝 | ELECTRIC FUSE, SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE HAVING THE ELECTRIC FUSE, AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING THE SAME |
UA72612C2 (en) | 2000-07-06 | 2005-03-15 | Pyrido[2.3-d]pyrimidine and pyrimido[4.5-d]pyrimidine nucleoside analogues, prodrugs and method for inhibiting growth of neoplastic cells | |
US6316174B1 (en) * | 2000-08-24 | 2001-11-13 | Eastman Kodak Company | Color negative film |
US20030008841A1 (en) | 2000-08-30 | 2003-01-09 | Rene Devos | Anti-HCV nucleoside derivatives |
SV2003000617A (en) | 2000-08-31 | 2003-01-13 | Lilly Co Eli | INHIBITORS OF PROTEASA PEPTIDOMIMETICA REF. X-14912M |
EP1313752B1 (en) | 2000-09-01 | 2011-04-20 | Ribozyme Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for synthesizing nucleoside derivatives |
JP2004533805A (en) | 2000-10-18 | 2004-11-11 | フアーマセツト・リミテツド | Multiplex quantification of nucleic acids in diseased cells |
CA2426187C (en) | 2000-10-18 | 2011-08-16 | Pharmasset Limited | Modified nucleosides for the treatment of viral infections and abnormal cellular proliferation |
BR0114636A (en) | 2000-10-18 | 2004-02-10 | Schering Corp | Pegylated interferon-alpha / ribavirin hcv combination therapy |
AU2002232660A1 (en) | 2000-12-15 | 2002-06-24 | Pharmasset Ltd. | Antiviral agents for treatment of flaviviridae infections |
SK286630B6 (en) | 2001-01-22 | 2009-02-05 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of RNA-dependent RNA viral polymerase, pharmaceutical composition containing said compounds and the use thereof |
US7105499B2 (en) | 2001-01-22 | 2006-09-12 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of RNA-dependent RNA viral polymerase |
US6927291B2 (en) | 2001-03-01 | 2005-08-09 | Pharmasset, Ltd. | Method for the synthesis of 2′,3′-dideoxy-2′,3′-didehydronucleosides |
GB0112617D0 (en) | 2001-05-23 | 2001-07-18 | Hoffmann La Roche | Antiviral nucleoside derivatives |
GB0114286D0 (en) | 2001-06-12 | 2001-08-01 | Hoffmann La Roche | Nucleoside Derivatives |
US6949522B2 (en) | 2001-06-22 | 2005-09-27 | Pharmasset, Inc. | β-2′- or 3′-halonucleosides |
WO2003024461A1 (en) | 2001-09-20 | 2003-03-27 | Schering Corporation | Hcv combination therapy |
US20030070752A1 (en) | 2001-09-27 | 2003-04-17 | Kevin Bergevin | Method of manufacture for fluid handling barrier ribbon with polymeric tubes |
JP2005504087A (en) | 2001-09-28 | 2005-02-10 | イデニクス(ケイマン)リミテツド | Methods and compositions for the treatment of hepatitis C virus using 4 'modified nucleosides |
JP2005536440A (en) | 2001-09-28 | 2005-12-02 | イデニクス(ケイマン)リミテツド | Methods and compositions for the treatment of flaviviruses and pestiviruses using nucleosides modified at the 4 'position |
WO2003039523A2 (en) | 2001-11-05 | 2003-05-15 | Exiqon A/S | OLIGONUCLEOTIDES MODIFIED WITH NOVEL α-L-RNA ANALOGUES |
BR0214944A (en) | 2001-12-14 | 2005-06-07 | Pharmasset Ltd | N4-Acylcytosine Nucleosides for the Treatment of Viral Infections |
WO2003051899A1 (en) | 2001-12-17 | 2003-06-26 | Ribapharm Inc. | Deazapurine nucleoside libraries and compounds |
US6965066B1 (en) | 2002-01-16 | 2005-11-15 | Actodyne General, Inc. | Elongated string support for a stringed musical instrument |
WO2003062256A1 (en) | 2002-01-17 | 2003-07-31 | Ribapharm Inc. | 2'-beta-modified-6-substituted adenosine analogs and their use as antiviral agents |
WO2003061385A1 (en) | 2002-01-17 | 2003-07-31 | Ribapharm Inc. | Tricyclic nucleoside library compounds, synthesis, and use as antiviral agents |
WO2003062255A2 (en) | 2002-01-17 | 2003-07-31 | Ribapharm Inc. | Sugar modified nucleosides as viral replication inhibitors |
CA2474563C (en) | 2002-02-13 | 2010-11-09 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Methods of inhibiting orthopoxvirus replication with nucleoside compounds |
JP2005522443A (en) | 2002-02-14 | 2005-07-28 | フアーマセツト・リミテツド | Modified fluorinated nucleoside analogues |
JP2005525358A (en) | 2002-02-28 | 2005-08-25 | ビオタ インコーポレーティッド | Nucleotide mimetics and their prodrugs |
AU2003214199A1 (en) | 2002-03-18 | 2003-10-08 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Event-driven charge-coupled device design and applications therefor |
US6968692B2 (en) * | 2002-04-26 | 2005-11-29 | Rolls-Royce Corporation | Fuel premixing module for gas turbine engine combustor |
US7247621B2 (en) | 2002-04-30 | 2007-07-24 | Valeant Research & Development | Antiviral phosphonate compounds and methods therefor |
RU2004135392A (en) | 2002-05-06 | 2005-06-27 | Дженелэбс Текнолоджиз, Инк. (Us) | NUCLEOSIDE DERIVATIVES FOR TREATING INFECTIONS CAUSED BY HEPATITIS C VIRUS |
WO2003100017A2 (en) | 2002-05-24 | 2003-12-04 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligonucleotides having modified nucleoside units |
WO2003099840A1 (en) | 2002-05-24 | 2003-12-04 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligonucleotides having modified nucleoside units |
DE10226932A1 (en) | 2002-06-17 | 2003-12-24 | Bayer Ag | Radiation-curing coating agents |
CA2488842A1 (en) | 2002-06-17 | 2003-12-24 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Carbocyclic nucleoside analogs as rna-antivirals |
SE0201940D0 (en) | 2002-06-20 | 2002-06-20 | Astrazeneca Ab | New combination II |
AU2003269890A1 (en) | 2002-06-21 | 2004-01-06 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of rna-dependent rna viral polymerase |
EP1572945A2 (en) | 2002-06-27 | 2005-09-14 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of rna-dependent rna viral polymerase |
PL374792A1 (en) | 2002-06-28 | 2005-10-31 | Idenix (Cayman) Limited | 2' and 3'-nucleoside prodrugs for treating flaviviridae infections |
CN1678326A (en) | 2002-06-28 | 2005-10-05 | 埃迪尼克斯(开曼)有限公司 | 2'-C-methyl-3'-O-L-valine ester ribofuranosyl cytidine for treatment of flaviviridae infections |
US7608600B2 (en) | 2002-06-28 | 2009-10-27 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modified 2′ and 3′-nucleoside prodrugs for treating Flaviviridae infections |
NZ537662A (en) * | 2002-06-28 | 2007-10-26 | Idenix Cayman Ltd | 2'-C-methyl-3'-O-L-valine ester ribofuranosyl cytidine for treatment of flaviviridae infections |
TW200500374A (en) | 2002-06-28 | 2005-01-01 | Idenlx Cayman Ltd | 2' and 3' -nucleoside produrgs for treating flavivridae infections |
US20040003476A1 (en) * | 2002-07-08 | 2004-01-08 | Albert Bierria | Portable power driven scarifying tool for pipe ends |
CA2490666A1 (en) | 2002-07-16 | 2004-01-22 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of rna-dependent rna viral polymerase |
AU2003256619A1 (en) | 2002-07-24 | 2004-02-09 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Pyrrolopyrimidine thionucleoside analogs as antivirals |
US20040067877A1 (en) | 2002-08-01 | 2004-04-08 | Schinazi Raymond F. | 2', 3'-Dideoxynucleoside analogues for the treatment or prevention of Flaviviridae infections |
JP4085742B2 (en) * | 2002-08-22 | 2008-05-14 | 株式会社ニコン | Lens barrel and camera system provided with the lens barrel |
AU2003261659A1 (en) | 2002-09-16 | 2004-04-30 | Kyeong Ho Kim | Decoration band |
US7094768B2 (en) | 2002-09-30 | 2006-08-22 | Genelabs Technologies, Inc. | Nucleoside derivatives for treating hepatitis C virus infection |
US7425547B2 (en) | 2002-09-30 | 2008-09-16 | Genelabs Technologies, Inc. | Nucleoside derivatives for treating hepatitis C virus infection |
US20040229840A1 (en) | 2002-10-29 | 2004-11-18 | Balkrishen Bhat | Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of RNA-dependent RNA viral polymerase |
WO2004041203A2 (en) | 2002-11-04 | 2004-05-21 | Xenoport, Inc. | Gemcitabine prodrugs, pharmaceutical compositions and uses thereof |
WO2004043978A2 (en) | 2002-11-05 | 2004-05-27 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 2'-methoxy substituted oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulations |
AU2003290596B2 (en) | 2002-11-05 | 2011-05-12 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Sugar surrogate-containing oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulation |
CA2506129C (en) | 2002-11-15 | 2015-02-17 | Idenix (Cayman) Limited | 2'-branched nucleosides and flaviviridae mutation |
TWI332507B (en) * | 2002-11-19 | 2010-11-01 | Hoffmann La Roche | Antiviral nucleoside derivatives |
EP2319853B1 (en) | 2002-12-12 | 2014-03-12 | IDENIX Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Process for the production of 2'-branched nucleosides |
KR20050110611A (en) | 2002-12-23 | 2005-11-23 | 이데닉스 (케이만) 리미티드 | Process for the production of 3'-nucleoside prodrugs |
US7799908B2 (en) | 2003-01-15 | 2010-09-21 | Valeant Pharmaceuticals North America | Synthesis and use of 2′-substituted-N6 -modified nucleosides |
AR043006A1 (en) | 2003-02-12 | 2005-07-13 | Merck & Co Inc | PROCESS TO PREPARE RAMIFIED RIBONUCLEOSIDS |
AU2003225705A1 (en) | 2003-03-07 | 2004-09-30 | Ribapharm Inc. | Cytidine analogs and methods of use |
EP1745573A4 (en) | 2003-03-20 | 2010-05-26 | Microbiol Quimica Farmaceutica | Methods of manufacture of 2 -deoxy- beta-l-nucleosides |
MXPA05010419A (en) | 2003-03-28 | 2006-05-31 | Pharmasset Inc | Compounds for the treatment of flaviviridae infections. |
US7452901B2 (en) | 2003-04-25 | 2008-11-18 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Anti-cancer phosphonate analogs |
US7595390B2 (en) | 2003-04-28 | 2009-09-29 | Novartis Ag | Industrially scalable nucleoside synthesis |
US20040259934A1 (en) | 2003-05-01 | 2004-12-23 | Olsen David B. | Inhibiting Coronaviridae viral replication and treating Coronaviridae viral infection with nucleoside compounds |
WO2005020884A2 (en) | 2003-05-14 | 2005-03-10 | Idenix (Cayman) Limited | Nucleosides for treatment of infection by corona viruses, toga viruses and picorna viruses |
US20040229839A1 (en) | 2003-05-14 | 2004-11-18 | Biocryst Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Substituted nucleosides, preparation thereof and use as inhibitors of RNA viral polymerases |
WO2005020885A2 (en) | 2003-05-21 | 2005-03-10 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for the treatment of severe acute respiratory syndrome (sars) |
WO2004106356A1 (en) | 2003-05-27 | 2004-12-09 | Syddansk Universitet | Functionalized nucleotide derivatives |
SI2604620T1 (en) | 2003-05-30 | 2016-10-28 | Gilead Pharmasset LLC c/o Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Modified fluorinated nucleoside analogues |
WO2005000864A1 (en) | 2003-06-19 | 2005-01-06 | F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag | Processes for preparing 4’azido nucleoside derivatives |
GB0317009D0 (en) | 2003-07-21 | 2003-08-27 | Univ Cardiff | Chemical compounds |
EP1660526A1 (en) | 2003-08-29 | 2006-05-31 | The Nottingham Trent University | Gastric and prostate cancer associated antigens |
AU2004275770A1 (en) | 2003-09-22 | 2005-04-07 | Acidophil Llc | Small molecule compositions and methods for increasing drug efficiency using compositions thereof |
US7144868B2 (en) | 2003-10-27 | 2006-12-05 | Genelabs Technologies, Inc. | Nucleoside compounds for treating viral infections |
US20050137141A1 (en) | 2003-10-24 | 2005-06-23 | John Hilfinger | Prodrug composition |
EP1680436A1 (en) | 2003-10-27 | 2006-07-19 | Genelabs Technologies, Inc. | Nucleoside compounds for treating viral infections |
AU2004295291A1 (en) | 2003-10-27 | 2005-06-16 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | Nucleoside compounds for treating viral infections |
US6908824B2 (en) * | 2003-11-06 | 2005-06-21 | Chartered Semiconductor Manufacturing Ltd. | Self-aligned lateral heterojunction bipolar transistor |
JP2005302670A (en) | 2004-04-16 | 2005-10-27 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Electronic device |
WO2006016930A2 (en) | 2004-05-14 | 2006-02-16 | Intermune, Inc. | Methods for treating hcv infection |
EP1758453B1 (en) | 2004-06-15 | 2014-07-16 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | C-purine nucleoside analogs as inhibitors of rna-dependent rna viral polymerase |
WO2006002231A1 (en) | 2004-06-22 | 2006-01-05 | Biocryst Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Aza nucleosides, preparation thereof and use as inhibitors of rna viral polymerases |
CA2571675A1 (en) | 2004-06-23 | 2006-01-05 | Idenix (Cayman) Limited | 5-aza-7-deazapurine derivatives for treating infections with flaviviridae |
US20070265222A1 (en) | 2004-06-24 | 2007-11-15 | Maccoss Malcolm | Nucleoside Aryl Phosphoramidates for the Treatment of Rna-Dependent Rna Viral Infection |
CN101023094B (en) | 2004-07-21 | 2011-05-18 | 法莫赛特股份有限公司 | Preparation of alkyl-substituted 2-deoxy-2-fluoro-d-ribofuranosyl pyrimidines and purines and their derivatives |
NZ552927A (en) | 2004-07-21 | 2010-05-28 | Pharmasset Inc | Preparation of alkyl-substituted 2-deoxy-2-fluoro-D-ribofuranosyl pyrimidines and purines and their derivatives |
DE602005015466D1 (en) | 2004-08-23 | 2009-08-27 | Hoffmann La Roche | ANTIVIRAL 4'-AZIDONUCLEOSIDE |
BRPI0515896A (en) | 2004-09-24 | 2008-08-12 | Idenix Cayman Ltd E Ct Nat De | a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof, a method for treating or prophylaxis a host infected with a flavivirus, pestivirus or hepacivirus infection, and a pharmaceutical composition for treating a host infected with a flavivirus, pestivirus or hepacivirus |
MX2007003853A (en) | 2004-10-06 | 2007-11-21 | Migenix Inc | Combination anti-viral compositions comprising castanospermine and methods of use. |
WO2006065335A2 (en) | 2004-10-21 | 2006-06-22 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Fluorinated pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine nucleosides for the treatment of rna-dependent rna viral infection |
WO2006121468A1 (en) | 2004-11-22 | 2006-11-16 | Genelabs Technologies, Inc. | 5-nitro-nucleoside compounds for treating viral infections |
EP1828217A2 (en) | 2004-12-16 | 2007-09-05 | Febit Biotech GmbH | Polymerase-independent analysis of the sequence of polynucleotides |
US20060194835A1 (en) | 2005-02-09 | 2006-08-31 | Migenix Inc. | Compositions and methods for treating or preventing flaviviridae infections |
EP1898934A1 (en) | 2005-03-09 | 2008-03-19 | Idenix (Cayman) Limited | Nucleosides with non-natural bases as anti-viral agents |
US8163744B2 (en) | 2005-03-18 | 2012-04-24 | Nexuspharma, Inc. | Tetrahydro-isoquinolin-1-ones for the treatment of cancer |
DE102005012681A1 (en) | 2005-03-18 | 2006-09-21 | Weber, Lutz, Dr. | New 1,5-dihydro-pyrrol-2-one compounds are HDM2 inhibitors, useful for treating e.g. stroke, heart infarct, ischemia, multiple sclerosis, Alzheimer's disease, degenerative disease, viral infection and cancer |
GT200600119A (en) | 2005-03-24 | 2006-10-25 | PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS | |
TW200720285A (en) | 2005-04-25 | 2007-06-01 | Genelabs Tech Inc | Nucleoside compounds for treating viral infections |
WO2006121820A1 (en) | 2005-05-05 | 2006-11-16 | Valeant Research & Development | Phosphoramidate prodrugs for treatment of viral infection |
CA2608709A1 (en) | 2005-05-31 | 2006-12-07 | Novartis Ag | Treatment of liver diseases in which iron plays a role in pathogenesis |
WO2007011777A2 (en) | 2005-07-18 | 2007-01-25 | Novartis Ag | Small animal model for hcv replication |
BRPI0615157A2 (en) | 2005-08-12 | 2016-09-13 | Merck & Co Inc | compound, pharmaceutical composition, methods for inhibiting viral replication in a human patient, and for treating a viral infection in a human patient, and use of a compound |
AR057096A1 (en) | 2005-08-26 | 2007-11-14 | Chancellors Masters And Schola | PROCESS TO PREPARE SACARINIC ACIDS AND LACTONS |
EP1957510A1 (en) | 2005-12-09 | 2008-08-20 | F.Hoffmann-La Roche Ag | Antiviral nucleosides |
CA2634749C (en) | 2005-12-23 | 2014-08-19 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Process for preparing a synthetic intermediate for preparation of branched nucleosides |
CA2637879A1 (en) | 2006-02-14 | 2007-08-23 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Nucleoside aryl phosphoramidates for the treatment of rna-dependent rna viral infection |
US7951789B2 (en) | 2006-12-28 | 2011-05-31 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of viral infections |
US7964580B2 (en) | 2007-03-30 | 2011-06-21 | Pharmasset, Inc. | Nucleoside phosphoramidate prodrugs |
CN101784557A (en) | 2007-05-14 | 2010-07-21 | Rfs制药公司 | The azido purine nucleosides that is used for the treatment of virus infection |
GB0718575D0 (en) | 2007-09-24 | 2007-10-31 | Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio | Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of viral polymerases |
US20090318380A1 (en) | 2007-11-20 | 2009-12-24 | Pharmasset, Inc. | 2',4'-substituted nucleosides as antiviral agents |
KR101681559B1 (en) | 2008-04-23 | 2016-12-01 | 길리애드 사이언시즈, 인코포레이티드 | 1'-substituted carba-nucleoside analogs for antiviral treatment |
ES2458358T3 (en) | 2008-07-02 | 2014-05-05 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of viral infections |
GB0815968D0 (en) | 2008-09-03 | 2008-10-08 | Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio | Antiviral agents |
GB0900914D0 (en) | 2009-01-20 | 2009-03-04 | Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio | Antiviral agents |
US7973013B2 (en) | 2009-09-21 | 2011-07-05 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | 2'-fluoro substituted carba-nucleoside analogs for antiviral treatment |
US8680071B2 (en) | 2010-04-01 | 2014-03-25 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of viral infections |
TW201701876A (en) | 2010-12-20 | 2017-01-16 | 吉李德科學股份有限公司 | Methods for treating HCV |
JP2014514295A (en) | 2011-03-31 | 2014-06-19 | アイディニックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド | Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of viral infections |
US9150603B2 (en) | 2011-04-13 | 2015-10-06 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | 2′-cyano substituted nucleoside derivatives and methods of use thereof useful for the treatment of viral diseases |
WO2012142085A1 (en) | 2011-04-13 | 2012-10-18 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | 2'-substituted nucleoside derivatives and methods of use thereof for the treatment of viral diseases |
WO2012142075A1 (en) * | 2011-04-13 | 2012-10-18 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | 2'-azido substituted nucleoside derivatives and methods of use thereof for the treatment of viral diseases |
RU2013125713A (en) | 2011-05-19 | 2015-06-27 | Рфс Фарма, Ллк | PURINMONOPHOSPHATE MEDICINES FOR TREATING VIRAL INFECTIONS |
EP2755983B1 (en) | 2011-09-12 | 2017-03-15 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals LLC. | Substituted carbonyloxymethylphosphoramidate compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of viral infections |
WO2013056046A1 (en) | 2011-10-14 | 2013-04-18 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Substituted 3',5'-cyclic phosphates of purine nucleotide compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of viral infections |
US9109001B2 (en) | 2012-05-22 | 2015-08-18 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 3′,5′-cyclic phosphoramidate prodrugs for HCV infection |
EP2852603B1 (en) | 2012-05-22 | 2021-05-12 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals LLC | D-amino acid compounds for liver disease |
US9296778B2 (en) | 2012-05-22 | 2016-03-29 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 3′,5′-cyclic phosphate prodrugs for HCV infection |
EP2900682A1 (en) | 2012-09-27 | 2015-08-05 | IDENIX Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Esters and malonates of sate prodrugs |
SG11201502750UA (en) | 2012-10-08 | 2015-06-29 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals Inc | 2'-chloro nucleoside analogs for hcv infection |
US9457039B2 (en) | 2012-10-17 | 2016-10-04 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | 2′-disubstituted nucleoside derivatives and methods of use thereof for the treatment of viral diseases |
US9242988B2 (en) | 2012-10-17 | 2016-01-26 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | 2′-cyano substituted nucleoside derivatives and methods of use thereof for the treatment of viral diseases |
AR092959A1 (en) | 2012-10-17 | 2015-05-06 | Merck Sharp & Dohme | DERIVATIVES OF NUCLEOSIDS 2-METHYL SUBSTITUTED AND METHODS OF USE OF THE SAME FOR THE TREATMENT OF VIRAL DISEASES |
US20140112886A1 (en) | 2012-10-19 | 2014-04-24 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Dinucleotide compounds for hcv infection |
WO2014066239A1 (en) | 2012-10-22 | 2014-05-01 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 2',4'-bridged nucleosides for hcv infection |
US20140140951A1 (en) | 2012-11-14 | 2014-05-22 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | D-Alanine Ester of Rp-Nucleoside Analog |
WO2014078436A1 (en) | 2012-11-14 | 2014-05-22 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | D-alanine ester of sp-nucleoside analog |
WO2014099941A1 (en) | 2012-12-19 | 2014-06-26 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 4'-fluoro nucleosides for the treatment of hcv |
WO2014137930A1 (en) | 2013-03-04 | 2014-09-12 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Thiophosphate nucleosides for the treatment of hcv |
US20140271547A1 (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2014-09-18 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Amino acid phosphoramidate pronucleotides of 2'-cyano, azido and amino nucleosides for the treatment of hcv |
US9187515B2 (en) | 2013-04-01 | 2015-11-17 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc | 2′,4′-fluoro nucleosides for the treatment of HCV |
WO2014197578A1 (en) | 2013-06-05 | 2014-12-11 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 1',4'-thio nucleosides for the treatment of hcv |
EP3010512B1 (en) | 2013-06-18 | 2017-12-27 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | Cyclic phosphonate substituted nucleoside derivatives and methods of use thereof for the treatment of viral diseases |
EP3027636B1 (en) | 2013-08-01 | 2022-01-05 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals LLC | D-amino acid phosphoramidate pronucleotides of halogeno pyrimidine compounds for liver disease |
-
2001
- 2001-05-23 CN CNB018131824A patent/CN1315862C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2001-05-23 WO PCT/US2001/016687 patent/WO2001092282A2/en active Application Filing
- 2001-05-23 NZ NZ547204A patent/NZ547204A/en unknown
- 2001-05-23 CZ CZ20024225A patent/CZ301182B6/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2001-05-23 JP JP2002500895A patent/JP5230052B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2001-05-23 EP EP01952131A patent/EP1294735A2/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2001-05-23 EA EA200201262A patent/EA007867B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2001-05-23 MX MXPA02011691A patent/MXPA02011691A/en active IP Right Grant
- 2001-05-23 YU YU92202A patent/YU92202A/en unknown
- 2001-05-23 BR BR0111196-5A patent/BR0111196A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2001-05-23 KR KR1020027015794A patent/KR20030036189A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2001-05-23 CA CA2410579A patent/CA2410579C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2001-05-23 EP EP06075198.9A patent/EP1736478B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2001-05-23 EA EA200601591A patent/EA200601591A1/en unknown
- 2001-05-23 US US09/863,816 patent/US6812219B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2001-05-23 NZ NZ536570A patent/NZ536570A/en unknown
- 2001-05-23 IL IL15302001A patent/IL153020A0/en unknown
- 2001-05-23 PL PL01359169A patent/PL359169A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2001-05-23 CN CNA2007100896090A patent/CN101099745A/en active Pending
- 2001-05-23 KR KR1020087001618A patent/KR20080021797A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2001-05-23 AP AP2006003708A patent/AP2006003708A0/en unknown
- 2001-05-23 AU AU2001272923A patent/AU2001272923A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2001-05-23 AP APAP/P/2002/002705A patent/AP1727A/en active
- 2001-05-23 OA OA1200200360A patent/OA12382A/en unknown
- 2001-05-25 TW TW093123890A patent/TW200425898A/en unknown
- 2001-05-28 PE PE2001000489A patent/PE20020051A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2001-05-28 AR ARP010102543A patent/AR032883A1/en unknown
-
2002
- 2002-11-21 NO NO20025600A patent/NO327249B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2002-12-12 ZA ZA200210112A patent/ZA200210112B/en unknown
- 2002-12-18 MA MA26960A patent/MA26916A1/en unknown
-
2003
- 2003-06-20 US US10/602,694 patent/US7105493B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2003-06-20 US US10/602,692 patent/US7101861B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2003-06-20 US US10/602,135 patent/US7163929B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2003-06-20 US US10/602,693 patent/US7148206B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2004
- 2004-06-01 ZA ZA200404307A patent/ZA200404307B/en unknown
-
2006
- 2006-09-25 US US11/527,124 patent/US8343937B2/en active Active
-
2007
- 2007-06-07 AU AU2007202602A patent/AU2007202602A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2012
- 2012-11-13 US US13/675,937 patent/US9968628B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2012-12-06 JP JP2012267194A patent/JP2013079257A/en active Pending
-
2013
- 2013-07-31 US US13/956,287 patent/US20130315863A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2018
- 2018-04-12 US US15/952,117 patent/US20180235993A1/en not_active Abandoned
Also Published As
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
EP1736478B1 (en) | Methods and compositions for treating flaviviruses and pestiviruses | |
US20040006002A1 (en) | Methods and compositions for treating flaviviruses and pestiviruses using 4'-modified nucleoside | |
US20080280850A1 (en) | Methods and Compositions for Treating Flaviviruses, Pestiviruses and Hepacivirus | |
CA2910995A1 (en) | Methods and compositions for treating hepatitis c virus | |
EP1912643A2 (en) | 5-aza-7-deazapurine derivatives for treating infections with flaviviridae | |
WO2004096197A2 (en) | 5-aza-7-deazapurine nucleosides for treating flaviviridae | |
MX2007003039A (en) | Methods and compositions for treating flaviviruses, pestiviruses and hepacivirus |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
MK5 | Application lapsed section 142(2)(e) - patent request and compl. specification not accepted |